| 1 | /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright |
| 2 | 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004. |
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GDB. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 19 | Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include "defs.h" |
| 22 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 23 | #include "gdb_string.h" |
| 24 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 25 | #include <stdarg.h> |
| 26 | #include "demangle.h" |
| 27 | #include "gdb_regex.h" |
| 28 | #include "frame.h" |
| 29 | #include "symtab.h" |
| 30 | #include "gdbtypes.h" |
| 31 | #include "gdbcmd.h" |
| 32 | #include "expression.h" |
| 33 | #include "parser-defs.h" |
| 34 | #include "language.h" |
| 35 | #include "c-lang.h" |
| 36 | #include "inferior.h" |
| 37 | #include "symfile.h" |
| 38 | #include "objfiles.h" |
| 39 | #include "breakpoint.h" |
| 40 | #include "gdbcore.h" |
| 41 | #include "hashtab.h" |
| 42 | #include "gdb_obstack.h" |
| 43 | #include "ada-lang.h" |
| 44 | #include "completer.h" |
| 45 | #include "gdb_stat.h" |
| 46 | #ifdef UI_OUT |
| 47 | #include "ui-out.h" |
| 48 | #endif |
| 49 | #include "block.h" |
| 50 | #include "infcall.h" |
| 51 | #include "dictionary.h" |
| 52 | |
| 53 | #ifndef ADA_RETAIN_DOTS |
| 54 | #define ADA_RETAIN_DOTS 0 |
| 55 | #endif |
| 56 | |
| 57 | /* Define whether or not the C operator '/' truncates towards zero for |
| 58 | differently signed operands (truncation direction is undefined in C). |
| 59 | Copied from valarith.c. */ |
| 60 | |
| 61 | #ifndef TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO |
| 62 | #define TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO ((-5 / 2) == -2) |
| 63 | #endif |
| 64 | |
| 65 | /* A structure that contains a vector of strings. |
| 66 | The main purpose of this type is to group the vector and its |
| 67 | associated parameters in one structure. This makes it easier |
| 68 | to handle and pass around. */ |
| 69 | |
| 70 | struct string_vector |
| 71 | { |
| 72 | char **array; /* The vector itself. */ |
| 73 | int index; /* Index of the next available element in the array. */ |
| 74 | size_t size; /* The number of entries allocated in the array. */ |
| 75 | }; |
| 76 | |
| 77 | static struct string_vector xnew_string_vector (int initial_size); |
| 78 | static void string_vector_append (struct string_vector *sv, char *str); |
| 79 | |
| 80 | static const char *ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name); |
| 81 | static char *add_angle_brackets (const char *str); |
| 82 | static void extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf); |
| 83 | static char *function_name_from_pc (CORE_ADDR pc); |
| 84 | |
| 85 | static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int); |
| 86 | |
| 87 | static void modify_general_field (char *, LONGEST, int, int); |
| 88 | |
| 89 | static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *); |
| 90 | |
| 91 | static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *); |
| 92 | |
| 93 | static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *); |
| 94 | |
| 95 | static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *); |
| 96 | |
| 97 | static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 98 | |
| 99 | static struct type *desc_data_type (struct type *); |
| 100 | |
| 101 | static struct value *desc_data (struct value *); |
| 102 | |
| 103 | static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *); |
| 104 | |
| 105 | static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 106 | |
| 107 | static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int); |
| 108 | |
| 109 | static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int); |
| 110 | |
| 111 | static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int); |
| 112 | |
| 113 | static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int); |
| 114 | |
| 115 | static int desc_arity (struct type *); |
| 116 | |
| 117 | static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int); |
| 118 | |
| 119 | static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int); |
| 120 | |
| 121 | static struct value *ensure_lval (struct value *, CORE_ADDR *); |
| 122 | |
| 123 | static struct value *convert_actual (struct value *, struct type *, |
| 124 | CORE_ADDR *); |
| 125 | |
| 126 | static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *, |
| 127 | CORE_ADDR *); |
| 128 | |
| 129 | static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack *, |
| 130 | struct block *, const char *, |
| 131 | domain_enum, struct objfile *, |
| 132 | struct symtab *, int); |
| 133 | |
| 134 | static int is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info *, int); |
| 135 | |
| 136 | static void add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack *, struct symbol *, struct block *, |
| 137 | struct symtab *); |
| 138 | |
| 139 | static int num_defns_collected (struct obstack *); |
| 140 | |
| 141 | static struct ada_symbol_info *defns_collected (struct obstack *, int); |
| 142 | |
| 143 | static struct partial_symbol *ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab |
| 144 | *, const char *, int, |
| 145 | domain_enum, int); |
| 146 | |
| 147 | static struct symtab *symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *); |
| 148 | |
| 149 | static struct value *resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int, |
| 150 | struct type *); |
| 151 | |
| 152 | static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int, |
| 153 | struct symbol *, struct block *); |
| 154 | |
| 155 | static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **); |
| 156 | |
| 157 | static char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode); |
| 158 | |
| 159 | static const char *ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode); |
| 160 | |
| 161 | static int numeric_type_p (struct type *); |
| 162 | |
| 163 | static int integer_type_p (struct type *); |
| 164 | |
| 165 | static int scalar_type_p (struct type *); |
| 166 | |
| 167 | static int discrete_type_p (struct type *); |
| 168 | |
| 169 | static struct type *ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *, char *, |
| 170 | int, int, int *); |
| 171 | |
| 172 | static char *extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line, |
| 173 | const char *); |
| 174 | |
| 175 | static struct value *evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *, |
| 176 | int *, enum noside); |
| 177 | |
| 178 | static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *); |
| 179 | |
| 180 | static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int); |
| 181 | |
| 182 | static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int); |
| 183 | |
| 184 | static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, char *, |
| 185 | CORE_ADDR, struct value *); |
| 186 | |
| 187 | static struct type *to_fixed_array_type (struct type *, struct value *, int); |
| 188 | |
| 189 | static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (char *, struct value *, |
| 190 | struct objfile *); |
| 191 | |
| 192 | static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *); |
| 193 | |
| 194 | static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *); |
| 195 | |
| 196 | static struct type *packed_array_type (struct type *, long *); |
| 197 | |
| 198 | static struct type *decode_packed_array_type (struct type *); |
| 199 | |
| 200 | static struct value *decode_packed_array (struct value *); |
| 201 | |
| 202 | static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int, |
| 203 | struct value **); |
| 204 | |
| 205 | static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, |
| 206 | struct type *); |
| 207 | |
| 208 | static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *); |
| 209 | |
| 210 | static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *); |
| 211 | |
| 212 | static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *); |
| 213 | |
| 214 | static int is_name_suffix (const char *); |
| 215 | |
| 216 | static int wild_match (const char *, int, const char *); |
| 217 | |
| 218 | static struct symtabs_and_lines |
| 219 | find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *, int, |
| 220 | struct ada_symbol_info *, int); |
| 221 | |
| 222 | static int find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, |
| 223 | struct ada_symbol_info *, |
| 224 | int, int *); |
| 225 | |
| 226 | static int find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, int, int); |
| 227 | |
| 228 | static void read_all_symtabs (const char *); |
| 229 | |
| 230 | static int is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *, int); |
| 231 | |
| 232 | static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *); |
| 233 | |
| 234 | static LONGEST pos_atr (struct value *); |
| 235 | |
| 236 | static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct value *); |
| 237 | |
| 238 | static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 239 | |
| 240 | static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, const struct block *, |
| 241 | domain_enum); |
| 242 | |
| 243 | extern void symtab_symbol_info (char *regexp, domain_enum kind, |
| 244 | int from_tty); |
| 245 | |
| 246 | static struct value *ada_search_struct_field (char *, struct value *, int, |
| 247 | struct type *); |
| 248 | |
| 249 | static struct value *ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *, int, int, |
| 250 | struct type *); |
| 251 | |
| 252 | static int find_struct_field (char *, struct type *, int, |
| 253 | struct type **, int *, int *, int *); |
| 254 | |
| 255 | static struct value *ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type *, CORE_ADDR, |
| 256 | struct value *); |
| 257 | |
| 258 | static struct value *ada_to_fixed_value (struct value *); |
| 259 | |
| 260 | static void adjust_pc_past_prologue (CORE_ADDR *); |
| 261 | |
| 262 | static int ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info *, int, |
| 263 | struct value **, int, const char *, |
| 264 | struct type *); |
| 265 | |
| 266 | static struct value *ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *); |
| 267 | |
| 268 | static int ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type *); |
| 269 | |
| 270 | static void error_breakpoint_runtime_sym_not_found (const char *err_desc); |
| 271 | |
| 272 | static int is_runtime_sym_defined (const char *name, int allow_tramp); |
| 273 | |
| 274 | \f |
| 275 | |
| 276 | /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */ |
| 277 | static unsigned int varsize_limit; |
| 278 | |
| 279 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2003-09-17: No longer a const because it is |
| 280 | returned by a function that does not return a const char *. */ |
| 281 | static char *ada_completer_word_break_characters = |
| 282 | #ifdef VMS |
| 283 | " \t\n!@#%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; |
| 284 | #else |
| 285 | " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; |
| 286 | #endif |
| 287 | |
| 288 | /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram. */ |
| 289 | static const char ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME[] |
| 290 | = "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /* The name of the runtime function called when an exception is raised. */ |
| 293 | static const char raise_sym_name[] = "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg"; |
| 294 | |
| 295 | /* The name of the runtime function called when an unhandled exception |
| 296 | is raised. */ |
| 297 | static const char raise_unhandled_sym_name[] = "__gnat_unhandled_exception"; |
| 298 | |
| 299 | /* The name of the runtime function called when an assert failure is |
| 300 | raised. */ |
| 301 | static const char raise_assert_sym_name[] = |
| 302 | "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure"; |
| 303 | |
| 304 | /* When GDB stops on an unhandled exception, GDB will go up the stack until |
| 305 | if finds a frame corresponding to this function, in order to extract the |
| 306 | name of the exception that has been raised from one of the parameters. */ |
| 307 | static const char process_raise_exception_name[] = |
| 308 | "ada__exceptions__process_raise_exception"; |
| 309 | |
| 310 | /* A string that reflects the longest exception expression rewrite, |
| 311 | aside from the exception name. */ |
| 312 | static const char longest_exception_template[] = |
| 313 | "'__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg' if long_integer(e) = long_integer(&)"; |
| 314 | |
| 315 | /* Limit on the number of warnings to raise per expression evaluation. */ |
| 316 | static int warning_limit = 2; |
| 317 | |
| 318 | /* Number of warning messages issued; reset to 0 by cleanups after |
| 319 | expression evaluation. */ |
| 320 | static int warnings_issued = 0; |
| 321 | |
| 322 | static const char *known_runtime_file_name_patterns[] = { |
| 323 | ADA_KNOWN_RUNTIME_FILE_NAME_PATTERNS NULL |
| 324 | }; |
| 325 | |
| 326 | static const char *known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[] = { |
| 327 | ADA_KNOWN_AUXILIARY_FUNCTION_NAME_PATTERNS NULL |
| 328 | }; |
| 329 | |
| 330 | /* Space for allocating results of ada_lookup_symbol_list. */ |
| 331 | static struct obstack symbol_list_obstack; |
| 332 | |
| 333 | /* Utilities */ |
| 334 | |
| 335 | /* Create a new empty string_vector struct with an initial size of |
| 336 | INITIAL_SIZE. */ |
| 337 | |
| 338 | static struct string_vector |
| 339 | xnew_string_vector (int initial_size) |
| 340 | { |
| 341 | struct string_vector result; |
| 342 | |
| 343 | result.array = (char **) xmalloc ((initial_size + 1) * sizeof (char *)); |
| 344 | result.index = 0; |
| 345 | result.size = initial_size; |
| 346 | |
| 347 | return result; |
| 348 | } |
| 349 | |
| 350 | /* Add STR at the end of the given string vector SV. If SV is already |
| 351 | full, its size is automatically increased (doubled). */ |
| 352 | |
| 353 | static void |
| 354 | string_vector_append (struct string_vector *sv, char *str) |
| 355 | { |
| 356 | if (sv->index >= sv->size) |
| 357 | GROW_VECT (sv->array, sv->size, sv->size * 2); |
| 358 | |
| 359 | sv->array[sv->index] = str; |
| 360 | sv->index++; |
| 361 | } |
| 362 | |
| 363 | /* Given DECODED_NAME a string holding a symbol name in its |
| 364 | decoded form (ie using the Ada dotted notation), returns |
| 365 | its unqualified name. */ |
| 366 | |
| 367 | static const char * |
| 368 | ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name) |
| 369 | { |
| 370 | const char *result = strrchr (decoded_name, '.'); |
| 371 | |
| 372 | if (result != NULL) |
| 373 | result++; /* Skip the dot... */ |
| 374 | else |
| 375 | result = decoded_name; |
| 376 | |
| 377 | return result; |
| 378 | } |
| 379 | |
| 380 | /* Return a string starting with '<', followed by STR, and '>'. |
| 381 | The result is good until the next call. */ |
| 382 | |
| 383 | static char * |
| 384 | add_angle_brackets (const char *str) |
| 385 | { |
| 386 | static char *result = NULL; |
| 387 | |
| 388 | xfree (result); |
| 389 | result = (char *) xmalloc ((strlen (str) + 3) * sizeof (char)); |
| 390 | |
| 391 | sprintf (result, "<%s>", str); |
| 392 | return result; |
| 393 | } |
| 394 | |
| 395 | static char * |
| 396 | ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters (void) |
| 397 | { |
| 398 | return ada_completer_word_break_characters; |
| 399 | } |
| 400 | |
| 401 | /* Read the string located at ADDR from the inferior and store the |
| 402 | result into BUF. */ |
| 403 | |
| 404 | static void |
| 405 | extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf) |
| 406 | { |
| 407 | int char_index = 0; |
| 408 | |
| 409 | /* Loop, reading one byte at a time, until we reach the '\000' |
| 410 | end-of-string marker. */ |
| 411 | do |
| 412 | { |
| 413 | target_read_memory (addr + char_index * sizeof (char), |
| 414 | buf + char_index * sizeof (char), sizeof (char)); |
| 415 | char_index++; |
| 416 | } |
| 417 | while (buf[char_index - 1] != '\000'); |
| 418 | } |
| 419 | |
| 420 | /* Return the name of the function owning the instruction located at PC. |
| 421 | Return NULL if no such function could be found. */ |
| 422 | |
| 423 | static char * |
| 424 | function_name_from_pc (CORE_ADDR pc) |
| 425 | { |
| 426 | char *func_name; |
| 427 | |
| 428 | if (!find_pc_partial_function (pc, &func_name, NULL, NULL)) |
| 429 | return NULL; |
| 430 | |
| 431 | return func_name; |
| 432 | } |
| 433 | |
| 434 | /* Assuming *OLD_VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size |
| 435 | ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects, |
| 436 | updating *OLD_VECT and *SIZE as necessary. */ |
| 437 | |
| 438 | void |
| 439 | grow_vect (void **old_vect, size_t * size, size_t min_size, int element_size) |
| 440 | { |
| 441 | if (*size < min_size) |
| 442 | { |
| 443 | *size *= 2; |
| 444 | if (*size < min_size) |
| 445 | *size = min_size; |
| 446 | *old_vect = xrealloc (*old_vect, *size * element_size); |
| 447 | } |
| 448 | } |
| 449 | |
| 450 | /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing |
| 451 | suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___". */ |
| 452 | |
| 453 | static int |
| 454 | field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target) |
| 455 | { |
| 456 | int len = strlen (target); |
| 457 | return |
| 458 | (strncmp (field_name, target, len) == 0 |
| 459 | && (field_name[len] == '\0' |
| 460 | || (strncmp (field_name + len, "___", 3) == 0 |
| 461 | && strcmp (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, "___XVN") != 0))); |
| 462 | } |
| 463 | |
| 464 | |
| 465 | /* Assuming TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT, find the field whose name matches |
| 466 | FIELD_NAME, and return its index. This function also handles fields |
| 467 | whose name have ___ suffixes because the compiler sometimes alters |
| 468 | their name by adding such a suffix to represent fields with certain |
| 469 | constraints. If the field could not be found, return a negative |
| 470 | number if MAYBE_MISSING is set. Otherwise raise an error. */ |
| 471 | |
| 472 | int |
| 473 | ada_get_field_index (const struct type *type, const char *field_name, |
| 474 | int maybe_missing) |
| 475 | { |
| 476 | int fieldno; |
| 477 | for (fieldno = 0; fieldno < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); fieldno++) |
| 478 | if (field_name_match (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, fieldno), field_name)) |
| 479 | return fieldno; |
| 480 | |
| 481 | if (!maybe_missing) |
| 482 | error ("Unable to find field %s in struct %s. Aborting", |
| 483 | field_name, TYPE_NAME (type)); |
| 484 | |
| 485 | return -1; |
| 486 | } |
| 487 | |
| 488 | /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */ |
| 489 | |
| 490 | int |
| 491 | ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name) |
| 492 | { |
| 493 | if (name == NULL) |
| 494 | return 0; |
| 495 | else |
| 496 | { |
| 497 | const char *p = strstr (name, "___"); |
| 498 | if (p == NULL) |
| 499 | return strlen (name); |
| 500 | else |
| 501 | return p - name; |
| 502 | } |
| 503 | } |
| 504 | |
| 505 | /* Return non-zero if SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. |
| 506 | Return zero if STR is null. */ |
| 507 | |
| 508 | static int |
| 509 | is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix) |
| 510 | { |
| 511 | int len1, len2; |
| 512 | if (str == NULL) |
| 513 | return 0; |
| 514 | len1 = strlen (str); |
| 515 | len2 = strlen (suffix); |
| 516 | return (len1 >= len2 && strcmp (str + len1 - len2, suffix) == 0); |
| 517 | } |
| 518 | |
| 519 | /* Create a value of type TYPE whose contents come from VALADDR, if it |
| 520 | is non-null, and whose memory address (in the inferior) is |
| 521 | ADDRESS. */ |
| 522 | |
| 523 | struct value * |
| 524 | value_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 525 | CORE_ADDR address) |
| 526 | { |
| 527 | struct value *v = allocate_value (type); |
| 528 | if (valaddr == NULL) |
| 529 | VALUE_LAZY (v) = 1; |
| 530 | else |
| 531 | memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (v), valaddr, TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 532 | VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = address; |
| 533 | if (address != 0) |
| 534 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_memory; |
| 535 | return v; |
| 536 | } |
| 537 | |
| 538 | /* The contents of value VAL, treated as a value of type TYPE. The |
| 539 | result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */ |
| 540 | |
| 541 | static struct value * |
| 542 | coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, struct type *type) |
| 543 | { |
| 544 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 545 | if (VALUE_TYPE (val) == type) |
| 546 | return val; |
| 547 | else |
| 548 | { |
| 549 | struct value *result; |
| 550 | |
| 551 | /* Make sure that the object size is not unreasonable before |
| 552 | trying to allocate some memory for it. */ |
| 553 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) > varsize_limit) |
| 554 | error ("object size is larger than varsize-limit"); |
| 555 | |
| 556 | result = allocate_value (type); |
| 557 | VALUE_LVAL (result) = VALUE_LVAL (val); |
| 558 | VALUE_BITSIZE (result) = VALUE_BITSIZE (val); |
| 559 | VALUE_BITPOS (result) = VALUE_BITPOS (val); |
| 560 | VALUE_ADDRESS (result) = VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val); |
| 561 | if (VALUE_LAZY (val) || |
| 562 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val))) |
| 563 | VALUE_LAZY (result) = 1; |
| 564 | else |
| 565 | memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (result), VALUE_CONTENTS (val), |
| 566 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 567 | return result; |
| 568 | } |
| 569 | } |
| 570 | |
| 571 | static char * |
| 572 | cond_offset_host (char *valaddr, long offset) |
| 573 | { |
| 574 | if (valaddr == NULL) |
| 575 | return NULL; |
| 576 | else |
| 577 | return valaddr + offset; |
| 578 | } |
| 579 | |
| 580 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 581 | cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset) |
| 582 | { |
| 583 | if (address == 0) |
| 584 | return 0; |
| 585 | else |
| 586 | return address + offset; |
| 587 | } |
| 588 | |
| 589 | /* Issue a warning (as for the definition of warning in utils.c, but |
| 590 | with exactly one argument rather than ...), unless the limit on the |
| 591 | number of warnings has passed during the evaluation of the current |
| 592 | expression. */ |
| 593 | static void |
| 594 | lim_warning (const char *format, long arg) |
| 595 | { |
| 596 | warnings_issued += 1; |
| 597 | if (warnings_issued <= warning_limit) |
| 598 | warning (format, arg); |
| 599 | } |
| 600 | |
| 601 | static const char * |
| 602 | ada_translate_error_message (const char *string) |
| 603 | { |
| 604 | if (strcmp (string, "Invalid cast.") == 0) |
| 605 | return "Invalid type conversion."; |
| 606 | else |
| 607 | return string; |
| 608 | } |
| 609 | |
| 610 | static LONGEST |
| 611 | MAX_OF_SIZE (int size) |
| 612 | { |
| 613 | LONGEST top_bit = (LONGEST) 1 << (size*8-2); |
| 614 | return top_bit | (top_bit-1); |
| 615 | } |
| 616 | |
| 617 | static LONGEST |
| 618 | MIN_OF_SIZE (int size) |
| 619 | { |
| 620 | return - MAX_OF_SIZE (size) - 1; |
| 621 | } |
| 622 | |
| 623 | static ULONGEST |
| 624 | UMAX_OF_SIZE (int size) |
| 625 | { |
| 626 | ULONGEST top_bit = (ULONGEST) 1 << (size*8-1); |
| 627 | return top_bit | (top_bit-1); |
| 628 | } |
| 629 | |
| 630 | static ULONGEST |
| 631 | UMIN_OF_SIZE (int size) |
| 632 | { |
| 633 | return 0; |
| 634 | } |
| 635 | |
| 636 | /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */ |
| 637 | static struct value * |
| 638 | discrete_type_high_bound (struct type *type) |
| 639 | { |
| 640 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 641 | { |
| 642 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 643 | return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), |
| 644 | TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type)); |
| 645 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 646 | return |
| 647 | value_from_longest (type, |
| 648 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type)-1)); |
| 649 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 650 | return value_from_longest (type, MAX_OF_TYPE (type)); |
| 651 | default: |
| 652 | error ("Unexpected type in discrete_type_high_bound."); |
| 653 | } |
| 654 | } |
| 655 | |
| 656 | /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */ |
| 657 | static struct value * |
| 658 | discrete_type_low_bound (struct type *type) |
| 659 | { |
| 660 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 661 | { |
| 662 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 663 | return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), |
| 664 | TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type)); |
| 665 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 666 | return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0)); |
| 667 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 668 | return value_from_longest (type, MIN_OF_TYPE (type)); |
| 669 | default: |
| 670 | error ("Unexpected type in discrete_type_low_bound."); |
| 671 | } |
| 672 | } |
| 673 | |
| 674 | /* The identity on non-range types. For range types, the underlying |
| 675 | non-range scalar type. */ |
| 676 | |
| 677 | static struct type * |
| 678 | base_type (struct type *type) |
| 679 | { |
| 680 | while (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 681 | { |
| 682 | if (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 683 | || TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) == NULL) |
| 684 | return type; |
| 685 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 686 | } |
| 687 | return type; |
| 688 | } |
| 689 | |
| 690 | \f |
| 691 | /* Language Selection */ |
| 692 | |
| 693 | /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG |
| 694 | (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found). |
| 695 | |
| 696 | MAIN_PST is not used. */ |
| 697 | |
| 698 | enum language |
| 699 | ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang, |
| 700 | struct partial_symtab *main_pst) |
| 701 | { |
| 702 | if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL, |
| 703 | (struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL) |
| 704 | return language_ada; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | return lang; |
| 707 | } |
| 708 | \f |
| 709 | /* Symbols */ |
| 710 | |
| 711 | /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-encoded names. Last entry is pair |
| 712 | of NULLs. */ |
| 713 | |
| 714 | const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = { |
| 715 | {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD}, |
| 716 | {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB}, |
| 717 | {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL}, |
| 718 | {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV}, |
| 719 | {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD}, |
| 720 | {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM}, |
| 721 | {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP}, |
| 722 | {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS}, |
| 723 | {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ}, |
| 724 | {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR}, |
| 725 | {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ}, |
| 726 | {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL}, |
| 727 | {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL}, |
| 728 | {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND}, |
| 729 | {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR}, |
| 730 | {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR}, |
| 731 | {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT}, |
| 732 | {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS}, |
| 733 | {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT}, |
| 734 | {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS}, |
| 735 | {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG}, |
| 736 | {NULL, NULL} |
| 737 | }; |
| 738 | |
| 739 | /* Return non-zero if STR should be suppressed in info listings. */ |
| 740 | |
| 741 | static int |
| 742 | is_suppressed_name (const char *str) |
| 743 | { |
| 744 | if (strncmp (str, "_ada_", 5) == 0) |
| 745 | str += 5; |
| 746 | if (str[0] == '_' || str[0] == '\000') |
| 747 | return 1; |
| 748 | else |
| 749 | { |
| 750 | const char *p; |
| 751 | const char *suffix = strstr (str, "___"); |
| 752 | if (suffix != NULL && suffix[3] != 'X') |
| 753 | return 1; |
| 754 | if (suffix == NULL) |
| 755 | suffix = str + strlen (str); |
| 756 | for (p = suffix - 1; p != str; p -= 1) |
| 757 | if (isupper (*p)) |
| 758 | { |
| 759 | int i; |
| 760 | if (p[0] == 'X' && p[-1] != '_') |
| 761 | goto OK; |
| 762 | if (*p != 'O') |
| 763 | return 1; |
| 764 | for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].encoded != NULL; i += 1) |
| 765 | if (strncmp (ada_opname_table[i].encoded, p, |
| 766 | strlen (ada_opname_table[i].encoded)) == 0) |
| 767 | goto OK; |
| 768 | return 1; |
| 769 | OK:; |
| 770 | } |
| 771 | return 0; |
| 772 | } |
| 773 | } |
| 774 | |
| 775 | /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions. |
| 776 | The result is valid until the next call to ada_encode. */ |
| 777 | |
| 778 | char * |
| 779 | ada_encode (const char *decoded) |
| 780 | { |
| 781 | static char *encoding_buffer = NULL; |
| 782 | static size_t encoding_buffer_size = 0; |
| 783 | const char *p; |
| 784 | int k; |
| 785 | |
| 786 | if (decoded == NULL) |
| 787 | return NULL; |
| 788 | |
| 789 | GROW_VECT (encoding_buffer, encoding_buffer_size, |
| 790 | 2 * strlen (decoded) + 10); |
| 791 | |
| 792 | k = 0; |
| 793 | for (p = decoded; *p != '\0'; p += 1) |
| 794 | { |
| 795 | if (!ADA_RETAIN_DOTS && *p == '.') |
| 796 | { |
| 797 | encoding_buffer[k] = encoding_buffer[k + 1] = '_'; |
| 798 | k += 2; |
| 799 | } |
| 800 | else if (*p == '"') |
| 801 | { |
| 802 | const struct ada_opname_map *mapping; |
| 803 | |
| 804 | for (mapping = ada_opname_table; |
| 805 | mapping->encoded != NULL && |
| 806 | strncmp (mapping->decoded, p, |
| 807 | strlen (mapping->decoded)) != 0; |
| 808 | mapping += 1) |
| 809 | ; |
| 810 | if (mapping->encoded == NULL) |
| 811 | error ("invalid Ada operator name: %s", p); |
| 812 | strcpy (encoding_buffer + k, mapping->encoded); |
| 813 | k += strlen (mapping->encoded); |
| 814 | break; |
| 815 | } |
| 816 | else |
| 817 | { |
| 818 | encoding_buffer[k] = *p; |
| 819 | k += 1; |
| 820 | } |
| 821 | } |
| 822 | |
| 823 | encoding_buffer[k] = '\0'; |
| 824 | return encoding_buffer; |
| 825 | } |
| 826 | |
| 827 | /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single |
| 828 | quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good |
| 829 | to next call. */ |
| 830 | |
| 831 | char * |
| 832 | ada_fold_name (const char *name) |
| 833 | { |
| 834 | static char *fold_buffer = NULL; |
| 835 | static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0; |
| 836 | |
| 837 | int len = strlen (name); |
| 838 | GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1); |
| 839 | |
| 840 | if (name[0] == '\'') |
| 841 | { |
| 842 | strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2); |
| 843 | fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000'; |
| 844 | } |
| 845 | else |
| 846 | { |
| 847 | int i; |
| 848 | for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1) |
| 849 | fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]); |
| 850 | } |
| 851 | |
| 852 | return fold_buffer; |
| 853 | } |
| 854 | |
| 855 | /* decode: |
| 856 | 0. Discard trailing .{DIGIT}+ or trailing ___{DIGIT}+ |
| 857 | These are suffixes introduced by GNAT5 to nested subprogram |
| 858 | names, and do not serve any purpose for the debugger. |
| 859 | 1. Discard final __{DIGIT}+ or $({DIGIT}+(__{DIGIT}+)*) |
| 860 | 2. Convert other instances of embedded "__" to `.'. |
| 861 | 3. Discard leading _ada_. |
| 862 | 4. Convert operator names to the appropriate quoted symbols. |
| 863 | 5. Remove everything after first ___ if it is followed by |
| 864 | 'X'. |
| 865 | 6. Replace TK__ with __, and a trailing B or TKB with nothing. |
| 866 | 7. Put symbols that should be suppressed in <...> brackets. |
| 867 | 8. Remove trailing X[bn]* suffix (indicating names in package bodies). |
| 868 | |
| 869 | The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_decode. |
| 870 | If the string is unchanged by demangling, the original string pointer |
| 871 | is returned. */ |
| 872 | |
| 873 | const char * |
| 874 | ada_decode (const char *encoded) |
| 875 | { |
| 876 | int i, j; |
| 877 | int len0; |
| 878 | const char *p; |
| 879 | char *decoded; |
| 880 | int at_start_name; |
| 881 | static char *decoding_buffer = NULL; |
| 882 | static size_t decoding_buffer_size = 0; |
| 883 | |
| 884 | if (strncmp (encoded, "_ada_", 5) == 0) |
| 885 | encoded += 5; |
| 886 | |
| 887 | if (encoded[0] == '_' || encoded[0] == '<') |
| 888 | goto Suppress; |
| 889 | |
| 890 | /* Remove trailing .{DIGIT}+ or ___{DIGIT}+. */ |
| 891 | len0 = strlen (encoded); |
| 892 | if (len0 > 1 && isdigit (encoded[len0 - 1])) |
| 893 | { |
| 894 | i = len0 - 2; |
| 895 | while (i > 0 && isdigit (encoded[i])) |
| 896 | i--; |
| 897 | if (i >= 0 && encoded[i] == '.') |
| 898 | len0 = i; |
| 899 | else if (i >= 2 && strncmp (encoded + i - 2, "___", 3) == 0) |
| 900 | len0 = i - 2; |
| 901 | } |
| 902 | |
| 903 | /* Remove the ___X.* suffix if present. Do not forget to verify that |
| 904 | the suffix is located before the current "end" of ENCODED. We want |
| 905 | to avoid re-matching parts of ENCODED that have previously been |
| 906 | marked as discarded (by decrementing LEN0). */ |
| 907 | p = strstr (encoded, "___"); |
| 908 | if (p != NULL && p - encoded < len0 - 3) |
| 909 | { |
| 910 | if (p[3] == 'X') |
| 911 | len0 = p - encoded; |
| 912 | else |
| 913 | goto Suppress; |
| 914 | } |
| 915 | |
| 916 | if (len0 > 3 && strncmp (encoded + len0 - 3, "TKB", 3) == 0) |
| 917 | len0 -= 3; |
| 918 | |
| 919 | if (len0 > 1 && strncmp (encoded + len0 - 1, "B", 1) == 0) |
| 920 | len0 -= 1; |
| 921 | |
| 922 | /* Make decoded big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */ |
| 923 | GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer, decoding_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1); |
| 924 | decoded = decoding_buffer; |
| 925 | |
| 926 | if (len0 > 1 && isdigit (encoded[len0 - 1])) |
| 927 | { |
| 928 | i = len0 - 2; |
| 929 | while ((i >= 0 && isdigit (encoded[i])) |
| 930 | || (i >= 1 && encoded[i] == '_' && isdigit (encoded[i - 1]))) |
| 931 | i -= 1; |
| 932 | if (i > 1 && encoded[i] == '_' && encoded[i - 1] == '_') |
| 933 | len0 = i - 1; |
| 934 | else if (encoded[i] == '$') |
| 935 | len0 = i; |
| 936 | } |
| 937 | |
| 938 | for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (encoded[i]); i += 1, j += 1) |
| 939 | decoded[j] = encoded[i]; |
| 940 | |
| 941 | at_start_name = 1; |
| 942 | while (i < len0) |
| 943 | { |
| 944 | if (at_start_name && encoded[i] == 'O') |
| 945 | { |
| 946 | int k; |
| 947 | for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].encoded != NULL; k += 1) |
| 948 | { |
| 949 | int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].encoded); |
| 950 | if (strncmp (ada_opname_table[k].encoded + 1, encoded + i + 1, |
| 951 | op_len - 1) == 0 |
| 952 | && !isalnum (encoded[i + op_len])) |
| 953 | { |
| 954 | strcpy (decoded + j, ada_opname_table[k].decoded); |
| 955 | at_start_name = 0; |
| 956 | i += op_len; |
| 957 | j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].decoded); |
| 958 | break; |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | } |
| 961 | if (ada_opname_table[k].encoded != NULL) |
| 962 | continue; |
| 963 | } |
| 964 | at_start_name = 0; |
| 965 | |
| 966 | if (i < len0 - 4 && strncmp (encoded + i, "TK__", 4) == 0) |
| 967 | i += 2; |
| 968 | if (encoded[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (encoded[i - 1])) |
| 969 | { |
| 970 | do |
| 971 | i += 1; |
| 972 | while (i < len0 && (encoded[i] == 'b' || encoded[i] == 'n')); |
| 973 | if (i < len0) |
| 974 | goto Suppress; |
| 975 | } |
| 976 | else if (!ADA_RETAIN_DOTS |
| 977 | && i < len0 - 2 && encoded[i] == '_' && encoded[i + 1] == '_') |
| 978 | { |
| 979 | decoded[j] = '.'; |
| 980 | at_start_name = 1; |
| 981 | i += 2; |
| 982 | j += 1; |
| 983 | } |
| 984 | else |
| 985 | { |
| 986 | decoded[j] = encoded[i]; |
| 987 | i += 1; |
| 988 | j += 1; |
| 989 | } |
| 990 | } |
| 991 | decoded[j] = '\000'; |
| 992 | |
| 993 | for (i = 0; decoded[i] != '\0'; i += 1) |
| 994 | if (isupper (decoded[i]) || decoded[i] == ' ') |
| 995 | goto Suppress; |
| 996 | |
| 997 | if (strcmp (decoded, encoded) == 0) |
| 998 | return encoded; |
| 999 | else |
| 1000 | return decoded; |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | Suppress: |
| 1003 | GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer, decoding_buffer_size, strlen (encoded) + 3); |
| 1004 | decoded = decoding_buffer; |
| 1005 | if (encoded[0] == '<') |
| 1006 | strcpy (decoded, encoded); |
| 1007 | else |
| 1008 | sprintf (decoded, "<%s>", encoded); |
| 1009 | return decoded; |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | } |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | /* Table for keeping permanent unique copies of decoded names. Once |
| 1014 | allocated, names in this table are never released. While this is a |
| 1015 | storage leak, it should not be significant unless there are massive |
| 1016 | changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a |
| 1017 | symbol table loaded during a single session. */ |
| 1018 | static struct htab *decoded_names_store; |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | /* Returns the decoded name of GSYMBOL, as for ada_decode, caching it |
| 1021 | in the language-specific part of GSYMBOL, if it has not been |
| 1022 | previously computed. Tries to save the decoded name in the same |
| 1023 | obstack as GSYMBOL, if possible, and otherwise on the heap (so that, |
| 1024 | in any case, the decoded symbol has a lifetime at least that of |
| 1025 | GSYMBOL). |
| 1026 | The GSYMBOL parameter is "mutable" in the C++ sense: logically |
| 1027 | const, but nevertheless modified to a semantically equivalent form |
| 1028 | when a decoded name is cached in it. |
| 1029 | */ |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | char *ada_decode_symbol (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol) |
| 1032 | { |
| 1033 | char **resultp = |
| 1034 | (char **) &gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific.demangled_name; |
| 1035 | if (*resultp == NULL) |
| 1036 | { |
| 1037 | const char *decoded = ada_decode (gsymbol->name); |
| 1038 | if (gsymbol->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 1039 | { |
| 1040 | bfd *obfd = gsymbol->bfd_section->owner; |
| 1041 | if (obfd != NULL) |
| 1042 | { |
| 1043 | struct objfile *objf; |
| 1044 | ALL_OBJFILES (objf) |
| 1045 | { |
| 1046 | if (obfd == objf->obfd) |
| 1047 | { |
| 1048 | *resultp = obsavestring (decoded, strlen (decoded), |
| 1049 | &objf->objfile_obstack); |
| 1050 | break; |
| 1051 | } |
| 1052 | } |
| 1053 | } |
| 1054 | } |
| 1055 | /* Sometimes, we can't find a corresponding objfile, in which |
| 1056 | case, we put the result on the heap. Since we only decode |
| 1057 | when needed, we hope this usually does not cause a |
| 1058 | significant memory leak (FIXME). */ |
| 1059 | if (*resultp == NULL) |
| 1060 | { |
| 1061 | char **slot = |
| 1062 | (char **) htab_find_slot (decoded_names_store, |
| 1063 | decoded, INSERT); |
| 1064 | if (*slot == NULL) |
| 1065 | *slot = xstrdup (decoded); |
| 1066 | *resultp = *slot; |
| 1067 | } |
| 1068 | } |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | return *resultp; |
| 1071 | } |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 | char *ada_la_decode (const char *encoded, int options) |
| 1074 | { |
| 1075 | return xstrdup (ada_decode (encoded)); |
| 1076 | } |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing |
| 1079 | suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on |
| 1080 | SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging |
| 1081 | information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a |
| 1082 | suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if |
| 1083 | either argument is NULL. */ |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | int |
| 1086 | ada_match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild) |
| 1087 | { |
| 1088 | if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL) |
| 1089 | return 0; |
| 1090 | else if (wild) |
| 1091 | return wild_match (name, strlen (name), sym_name); |
| 1092 | else |
| 1093 | { |
| 1094 | int len_name = strlen (name); |
| 1095 | return (strncmp (sym_name, name, len_name) == 0 |
| 1096 | && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name)) |
| 1097 | || (strncmp (sym_name, "_ada_", 5) == 0 |
| 1098 | && strncmp (sym_name + 5, name, len_name) == 0 |
| 1099 | && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5)); |
| 1100 | } |
| 1101 | } |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | /* True (non-zero) iff, in Ada mode, the symbol SYM should be |
| 1104 | suppressed in info listings. */ |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | int |
| 1107 | ada_suppress_symbol_printing (struct symbol *sym) |
| 1108 | { |
| 1109 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN) |
| 1110 | return 1; |
| 1111 | else |
| 1112 | return is_suppressed_name (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym)); |
| 1113 | } |
| 1114 | \f |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | /* Arrays */ |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of array descriptors. */ |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 | static char *bound_name[] = { |
| 1121 | "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3", |
| 1122 | "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7" |
| 1123 | }; |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */ |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char *))) |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | /* Like modify_field, but allows bitpos > wordlength. */ |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | static void |
| 1132 | modify_general_field (char *addr, LONGEST fieldval, int bitpos, int bitsize) |
| 1133 | { |
| 1134 | modify_field (addr + bitpos / 8, fieldval, bitpos % 8, bitsize); |
| 1135 | } |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors |
| 1139 | (fat pointers). */ |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes |
| 1142 | level of indirection, if needed. */ |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | static struct type * |
| 1145 | desc_base_type (struct type *type) |
| 1146 | { |
| 1147 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1148 | return NULL; |
| 1149 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1150 | if (type != NULL && |
| 1151 | (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1152 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF)) |
| 1153 | return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 1154 | else |
| 1155 | return type; |
| 1156 | } |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */ |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | static int |
| 1161 | is_thin_pntr (struct type *type) |
| 1162 | { |
| 1163 | return |
| 1164 | is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT") |
| 1165 | || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE"); |
| 1166 | } |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */ |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | static struct type * |
| 1171 | thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type) |
| 1172 | { |
| 1173 | struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1174 | if (base_type == NULL) |
| 1175 | return NULL; |
| 1176 | if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE")) |
| 1177 | return base_type; |
| 1178 | else |
| 1179 | { |
| 1180 | struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE"); |
| 1181 | if (alt_type == NULL) |
| 1182 | return base_type; |
| 1183 | else |
| 1184 | return alt_type; |
| 1185 | } |
| 1186 | } |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */ |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | static struct value * |
| 1191 | thin_data_pntr (struct value *val) |
| 1192 | { |
| 1193 | struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (val); |
| 1194 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1195 | return value_cast (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)), |
| 1196 | value_copy (val)); |
| 1197 | else |
| 1198 | return value_from_longest (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)), |
| 1199 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val)); |
| 1200 | } |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */ |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | static int |
| 1205 | is_thick_pntr (struct type *type) |
| 1206 | { |
| 1207 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1208 | return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 1209 | && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL); |
| 1210 | } |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a |
| 1213 | pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */ |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | static struct type * |
| 1216 | desc_bounds_type (struct type *type) |
| 1217 | { |
| 1218 | struct type *r; |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1223 | return NULL; |
| 1224 | else if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1225 | { |
| 1226 | type = thin_descriptor_type (type); |
| 1227 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1228 | return NULL; |
| 1229 | r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1); |
| 1230 | if (r != NULL) |
| 1231 | return check_typedef (r); |
| 1232 | } |
| 1233 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 1234 | { |
| 1235 | r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1); |
| 1236 | if (r != NULL) |
| 1237 | return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (r))); |
| 1238 | } |
| 1239 | return NULL; |
| 1240 | } |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to |
| 1243 | one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */ |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | static struct value * |
| 1246 | desc_bounds (struct value *arr) |
| 1247 | { |
| 1248 | struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1249 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1250 | { |
| 1251 | struct type *bounds_type = |
| 1252 | desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 1253 | LONGEST addr; |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | if (desc_bounds_type == NULL) |
| 1256 | error ("Bad GNAT array descriptor"); |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but |
| 1259 | since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be), |
| 1260 | the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */ |
| 1261 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1262 | addr = value_as_long (arr); |
| 1263 | else |
| 1264 | addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (arr) + VALUE_OFFSET (arr); |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | return |
| 1267 | value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type), |
| 1268 | addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type)); |
| 1269 | } |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1272 | return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL, |
| 1273 | "Bad GNAT array descriptor"); |
| 1274 | else |
| 1275 | return NULL; |
| 1276 | } |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1279 | position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | static int |
| 1282 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type) |
| 1283 | { |
| 1284 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1); |
| 1285 | } |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1288 | size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | static int |
| 1291 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 1292 | { |
| 1293 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0) |
| 1296 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1); |
| 1297 | else |
| 1298 | return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1))); |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a |
| 1302 | pointer to one, the type of its array data (a |
| 1303 | pointer-to-array-with-no-bounds type); otherwise, NULL. Use |
| 1304 | ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds data. */ |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | static struct type * |
| 1307 | desc_data_type (struct type *type) |
| 1308 | { |
| 1309 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 | /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */ |
| 1312 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1313 | return lookup_pointer_type |
| 1314 | (desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1))); |
| 1315 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1316 | return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1); |
| 1317 | else |
| 1318 | return NULL; |
| 1319 | } |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 | /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to |
| 1322 | its array data. */ |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | static struct value * |
| 1325 | desc_data (struct value *arr) |
| 1326 | { |
| 1327 | struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arr); |
| 1328 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1329 | return thin_data_pntr (arr); |
| 1330 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1331 | return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL, |
| 1332 | "Bad GNAT array descriptor"); |
| 1333 | else |
| 1334 | return NULL; |
| 1335 | } |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1339 | position of the field containing the address of the data. */ |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | static int |
| 1342 | fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type) |
| 1343 | { |
| 1344 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0); |
| 1345 | } |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1348 | size of the field containing the address of the data. */ |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | static int |
| 1351 | fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 1352 | { |
| 1353 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0) |
| 1356 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0); |
| 1357 | else |
| 1358 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 1359 | } |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return |
| 1362 | the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1363 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | static struct value * |
| 1366 | desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which) |
| 1367 | { |
| 1368 | return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL, |
| 1369 | "Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds"); |
| 1370 | } |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position |
| 1373 | of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1374 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 | static int |
| 1377 | desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which) |
| 1378 | { |
| 1379 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2); |
| 1380 | } |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size |
| 1383 | of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1384 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | static int |
| 1387 | desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which) |
| 1388 | { |
| 1389 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0) |
| 1392 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2); |
| 1393 | else |
| 1394 | return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2)); |
| 1395 | } |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its |
| 1398 | Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */ |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | static struct type * |
| 1401 | desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i) |
| 1402 | { |
| 1403 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 1406 | return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1); |
| 1407 | else |
| 1408 | return NULL; |
| 1409 | } |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. |
| 1412 | Return 0 if TYPE is NULL. */ |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | static int |
| 1415 | desc_arity (struct type *type) |
| 1416 | { |
| 1417 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | if (type != NULL) |
| 1420 | return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2; |
| 1421 | return 0; |
| 1422 | } |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or |
| 1425 | an array descriptor type (representing an unconstrained array |
| 1426 | type). */ |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | static int |
| 1429 | ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1430 | { |
| 1431 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1432 | return 0; |
| 1433 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1434 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1435 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 1436 | } |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type or pointer to one. */ |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | int |
| 1441 | ada_is_simple_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1442 | { |
| 1443 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1444 | return 0; |
| 1445 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1446 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1447 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1448 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)); |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */ |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | int |
| 1454 | ada_is_array_descriptor_type (struct type *type) |
| 1455 | { |
| 1456 | struct type *data_type = desc_data_type (type); |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1459 | return 0; |
| 1460 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1461 | return |
| 1462 | data_type != NULL |
| 1463 | && ((TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1464 | && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type) != NULL |
| 1465 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1466 | || |
| 1467 | TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1468 | && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0; |
| 1469 | } |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array |
| 1472 | descriptor. FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with |
| 1473 | debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it |
| 1474 | is still needed. */ |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | int |
| 1477 | ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type) |
| 1478 | { |
| 1479 | return |
| 1480 | type != NULL |
| 1481 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 1482 | && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL |
| 1483 | || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL) |
| 1484 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); |
| 1485 | } |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor, |
| 1489 | (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically, |
| 1490 | a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled |
| 1491 | in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If |
| 1492 | the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero, |
| 1493 | returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not |
| 1494 | a descriptor. */ |
| 1495 | struct type * |
| 1496 | ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds) |
| 1497 | { |
| 1498 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1499 | return decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | if (!ada_is_array_descriptor_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1502 | return VALUE_TYPE (arr); |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | if (!bounds) |
| 1505 | return |
| 1506 | check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (desc_data_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))); |
| 1507 | else |
| 1508 | { |
| 1509 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 1510 | int arity; |
| 1511 | struct value *descriptor; |
| 1512 | struct objfile *objf = TYPE_OBJFILE (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | elt_type = ada_array_element_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr), -1); |
| 1515 | arity = ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0) |
| 1518 | return check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | descriptor = desc_bounds (arr); |
| 1521 | if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0) |
| 1522 | return NULL; |
| 1523 | while (arity > 0) |
| 1524 | { |
| 1525 | struct type *range_type = alloc_type (objf); |
| 1526 | struct type *array_type = alloc_type (objf); |
| 1527 | struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0); |
| 1528 | struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1); |
| 1529 | arity -= 1; |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | create_range_type (range_type, VALUE_TYPE (low), |
| 1532 | (int) value_as_long (low), |
| 1533 | (int) value_as_long (high)); |
| 1534 | elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type); |
| 1535 | } |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type); |
| 1538 | } |
| 1539 | } |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. |
| 1542 | Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set |
| 1543 | appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard |
| 1544 | GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */ |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | struct value * |
| 1547 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr) |
| 1548 | { |
| 1549 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1550 | { |
| 1551 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1); |
| 1552 | if (arrType == NULL) |
| 1553 | return NULL; |
| 1554 | return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr))); |
| 1555 | } |
| 1556 | else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1557 | return decode_packed_array (arr); |
| 1558 | else |
| 1559 | return arr; |
| 1560 | } |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. |
| 1563 | Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may |
| 1564 | be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */ |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | static struct value * |
| 1567 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr) |
| 1568 | { |
| 1569 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1570 | { |
| 1571 | struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr); |
| 1572 | if (arrVal == NULL) |
| 1573 | error ("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer."); |
| 1574 | return value_ind (arrVal); |
| 1575 | } |
| 1576 | else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1577 | return decode_packed_array (arr); |
| 1578 | else |
| 1579 | return arr; |
| 1580 | } |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an |
| 1583 | ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating |
| 1584 | packing). For other types, is the identity. */ |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | struct type * |
| 1587 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1588 | { |
| 1589 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 1590 | struct value *dummy = value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, 0); |
| 1591 | struct type *result; |
| 1592 | VALUE_TYPE (dummy) = type; |
| 1593 | result = ada_type_of_array (dummy, 0); |
| 1594 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 1595 | return result; |
| 1596 | } |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */ |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | int |
| 1601 | ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1602 | { |
| 1603 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1604 | return 0; |
| 1605 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1606 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1607 | return |
| 1608 | ada_type_name (type) != NULL |
| 1609 | && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL; |
| 1610 | } |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled |
| 1613 | in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents |
| 1614 | (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its |
| 1615 | elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type, |
| 1616 | but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any |
| 1617 | constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its |
| 1618 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size |
| 1619 | in bits. */ |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | static struct type * |
| 1622 | packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits) |
| 1623 | { |
| 1624 | struct type *new_elt_type; |
| 1625 | struct type *new_type; |
| 1626 | LONGEST low_bound, high_bound; |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1629 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1630 | return type; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | new_type = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type)); |
| 1633 | new_elt_type = packed_array_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), |
| 1634 | elt_bits); |
| 1635 | create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 1636 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits; |
| 1637 | TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0), |
| 1640 | &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0) |
| 1641 | low_bound = high_bound = 0; |
| 1642 | if (high_bound < low_bound) |
| 1643 | *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0; |
| 1644 | else |
| 1645 | { |
| 1646 | *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1); |
| 1647 | TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = |
| 1648 | (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1649 | } |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | TYPE_FLAGS (new_type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; |
| 1652 | return new_type; |
| 1653 | } |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where ada_is_packed_array_type (TYPE). */ |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | static struct type * |
| 1658 | decode_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1659 | { |
| 1660 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 1661 | struct block **blocks; |
| 1662 | const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (check_typedef (type)); |
| 1663 | char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1); |
| 1664 | char *tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP"); |
| 1665 | struct type *shadow_type; |
| 1666 | long bits; |
| 1667 | int i, n; |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name); |
| 1672 | name[tail - raw_name] = '\000'; |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | sym = standard_lookup (name, get_selected_block (0), VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 1675 | if (sym == NULL || SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == NULL) |
| 1676 | { |
| 1677 | lim_warning ("could not find bounds information on packed array", 0); |
| 1678 | return NULL; |
| 1679 | } |
| 1680 | shadow_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1683 | { |
| 1684 | lim_warning ("could not understand bounds information on packed array", |
| 1685 | 0); |
| 1686 | return NULL; |
| 1687 | } |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1) |
| 1690 | { |
| 1691 | lim_warning |
| 1692 | ("could not understand bit size information on packed array", 0); |
| 1693 | return NULL; |
| 1694 | } |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | return packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits); |
| 1697 | } |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | /* Given that ARR is a struct value *indicating a GNAT packed array, |
| 1700 | returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a |
| 1701 | standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array |
| 1702 | target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the |
| 1703 | type length is set appropriately. */ |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | static struct value * |
| 1706 | decode_packed_array (struct value *arr) |
| 1707 | { |
| 1708 | struct type *type; |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | arr = ada_coerce_ref (arr); |
| 1711 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (arr)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1712 | arr = ada_value_ind (arr); |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | type = decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1715 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1716 | { |
| 1717 | error ("can't unpack array"); |
| 1718 | return NULL; |
| 1719 | } |
| 1720 | return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, type); |
| 1721 | } |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices |
| 1725 | given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */ |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | static struct value * |
| 1728 | value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 1729 | { |
| 1730 | int i; |
| 1731 | int bits, elt_off, bit_off; |
| 1732 | long elt_total_bit_offset; |
| 1733 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 1734 | struct value *v; |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | bits = 0; |
| 1737 | elt_total_bit_offset = 0; |
| 1738 | elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1739 | for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1) |
| 1740 | { |
| 1741 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1742 | || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0) |
| 1743 | error |
| 1744 | ("attempt to do packed indexing of something other than a packed array"); |
| 1745 | else |
| 1746 | { |
| 1747 | struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type); |
| 1748 | LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound; |
| 1749 | LONGEST idx; |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0) |
| 1752 | { |
| 1753 | lim_warning ("don't know bounds of array", 0); |
| 1754 | lowerbound = upperbound = 0; |
| 1755 | } |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | idx = value_as_long (value_pos_atr (ind[i])); |
| 1758 | if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound) |
| 1759 | lim_warning ("packed array index %ld out of bounds", (long) idx); |
| 1760 | bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0); |
| 1761 | elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits; |
| 1762 | elt_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type)); |
| 1763 | } |
| 1764 | } |
| 1765 | elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1766 | bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off, |
| 1769 | bits, elt_type); |
| 1770 | if (VALUE_LVAL (arr) == lval_internalvar) |
| 1771 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component; |
| 1772 | else |
| 1773 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (arr); |
| 1774 | return v; |
| 1775 | } |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */ |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | static int |
| 1780 | has_negatives (struct type *type) |
| 1781 | { |
| 1782 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 1783 | { |
| 1784 | default: |
| 1785 | return 0; |
| 1786 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 1787 | return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); |
| 1788 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 1789 | return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0; |
| 1790 | } |
| 1791 | } |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting |
| 1795 | at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte, |
| 1796 | proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then |
| 1797 | assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. |
| 1798 | VALADDR is ignored unless OBJ is NULL, in which case, |
| 1799 | VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the |
| 1800 | packed value. The value returned in this case is never an lval. |
| 1801 | Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */ |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 | struct value * |
| 1804 | ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, char *valaddr, long offset, |
| 1805 | int bit_offset, int bit_size, |
| 1806 | struct type *type) |
| 1807 | { |
| 1808 | struct value *v; |
| 1809 | int src, /* Index into the source area */ |
| 1810 | targ, /* Index into the target area */ |
| 1811 | srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move */ |
| 1812 | nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes */ |
| 1813 | unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant |
| 1814 | byte of source that are unused */ |
| 1815 | accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */ |
| 1816 | unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack */ |
| 1817 | unsigned char *unpacked; |
| 1818 | unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */ |
| 1819 | unsigned char sign; |
| 1820 | int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8; |
| 1821 | /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the direction |
| 1822 | the indices move. */ |
| 1823 | int delta = BITS_BIG_ENDIAN ? -1 : 1; |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | if (obj == NULL) |
| 1828 | { |
| 1829 | v = allocate_value (type); |
| 1830 | bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset); |
| 1831 | } |
| 1832 | else if (VALUE_LAZY (obj)) |
| 1833 | { |
| 1834 | v = value_at (type, |
| 1835 | VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset, NULL); |
| 1836 | bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len); |
| 1837 | read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (v), bytes, len); |
| 1838 | } |
| 1839 | else |
| 1840 | { |
| 1841 | v = allocate_value (type); |
| 1842 | bytes = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (obj) + offset; |
| 1843 | } |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | if (obj != NULL) |
| 1846 | { |
| 1847 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (obj); |
| 1848 | if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_internalvar) |
| 1849 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component; |
| 1850 | VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset; |
| 1851 | VALUE_BITPOS (v) = bit_offset + VALUE_BITPOS (obj); |
| 1852 | VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size; |
| 1853 | if (VALUE_BITPOS (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 1854 | { |
| 1855 | VALUE_ADDRESS (v) += 1; |
| 1856 | VALUE_BITPOS (v) -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1857 | } |
| 1858 | } |
| 1859 | else |
| 1860 | VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size; |
| 1861 | unpacked = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (v); |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | srcBitsLeft = bit_size; |
| 1864 | nsrc = len; |
| 1865 | ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 1866 | sign = 0; |
| 1867 | if (bit_size == 0) |
| 1868 | { |
| 1869 | memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 1870 | return v; |
| 1871 | } |
| 1872 | else if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
| 1873 | { |
| 1874 | src = len - 1; |
| 1875 | if (has_negatives (type) && |
| 1876 | ((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1)))) |
| 1877 | sign = ~0; |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | unusedLS = |
| 1880 | (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 1881 | % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 1884 | { |
| 1885 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 1886 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 1887 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 1888 | /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary... */ |
| 1889 | accumSize = |
| 1890 | (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1891 | /* ... And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes |
| 1892 | of the target. */ |
| 1893 | targ = src; |
| 1894 | break; |
| 1895 | default: |
| 1896 | accumSize = 0; |
| 1897 | targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1; |
| 1898 | break; |
| 1899 | } |
| 1900 | } |
| 1901 | else |
| 1902 | { |
| 1903 | int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8; |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | src = targ = 0; |
| 1906 | unusedLS = bit_offset; |
| 1907 | accumSize = 0; |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset))) |
| 1910 | sign = ~0; |
| 1911 | } |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 | accum = 0; |
| 1914 | while (nsrc > 0) |
| 1915 | { |
| 1916 | /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not |
| 1917 | part of the value. */ |
| 1918 | unsigned int unusedMSMask = |
| 1919 | (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) - |
| 1920 | 1; |
| 1921 | /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */ |
| 1922 | unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask; |
| 1923 | accum |= |
| 1924 | (((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize; |
| 1925 | accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; |
| 1926 | if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 1927 | { |
| 1928 | unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 1929 | accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1930 | accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1931 | ntarg -= 1; |
| 1932 | targ += delta; |
| 1933 | } |
| 1934 | srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; |
| 1935 | unusedLS = 0; |
| 1936 | nsrc -= 1; |
| 1937 | src += delta; |
| 1938 | } |
| 1939 | while (ntarg > 0) |
| 1940 | { |
| 1941 | accum |= sign << accumSize; |
| 1942 | unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 1943 | accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1944 | accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1945 | ntarg -= 1; |
| 1946 | targ += delta; |
| 1947 | } |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | return v; |
| 1950 | } |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to |
| 1953 | TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must |
| 1954 | not overlap. */ |
| 1955 | static void |
| 1956 | move_bits (char *target, int targ_offset, char *source, int src_offset, int n) |
| 1957 | { |
| 1958 | unsigned int accum, mask; |
| 1959 | int accum_bits, chunk_size; |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1962 | targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1963 | source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1964 | src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1965 | if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
| 1966 | { |
| 1967 | accum = (unsigned char) *source; |
| 1968 | source += 1; |
| 1969 | accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset; |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | while (n > 0) |
| 1972 | { |
| 1973 | int unused_right; |
| 1974 | accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source; |
| 1975 | accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1976 | source += 1; |
| 1977 | chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset; |
| 1978 | if (chunk_size > n) |
| 1979 | chunk_size = n; |
| 1980 | unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset); |
| 1981 | mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right; |
| 1982 | *target = |
| 1983 | (*target & ~mask) |
| 1984 | | ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask); |
| 1985 | n -= chunk_size; |
| 1986 | accum_bits -= chunk_size; |
| 1987 | target += 1; |
| 1988 | targ_offset = 0; |
| 1989 | } |
| 1990 | } |
| 1991 | else |
| 1992 | { |
| 1993 | accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset; |
| 1994 | source += 1; |
| 1995 | accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset; |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 | while (n > 0) |
| 1998 | { |
| 1999 | accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits); |
| 2000 | accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2001 | source += 1; |
| 2002 | chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset; |
| 2003 | if (chunk_size > n) |
| 2004 | chunk_size = n; |
| 2005 | mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset; |
| 2006 | *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask); |
| 2007 | n -= chunk_size; |
| 2008 | accum_bits -= chunk_size; |
| 2009 | accum >>= chunk_size; |
| 2010 | target += 1; |
| 2011 | targ_offset = 0; |
| 2012 | } |
| 2013 | } |
| 2014 | } |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL. |
| 2018 | Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of |
| 2019 | FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have |
| 2020 | floating-point or non-scalar types. */ |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 | static struct value * |
| 2023 | ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval) |
| 2024 | { |
| 2025 | struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (toval); |
| 2026 | int bits = VALUE_BITSIZE (toval); |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | if (!toval->modifiable) |
| 2029 | error ("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue."); |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | COERCE_REF (toval); |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 | if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory |
| 2034 | && bits > 0 |
| 2035 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT |
| 2036 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)) |
| 2037 | { |
| 2038 | int len = |
| 2039 | (VALUE_BITPOS (toval) + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2040 | char *buffer = (char *) alloca (len); |
| 2041 | struct value *val; |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) |
| 2044 | fromval = value_cast (type, fromval); |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, len); |
| 2047 | if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
| 2048 | move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), |
| 2049 | VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval), |
| 2050 | TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT - |
| 2051 | bits, bits); |
| 2052 | else |
| 2053 | move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval), |
| 2054 | 0, bits); |
| 2055 | write_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, |
| 2056 | len); |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | val = value_copy (toval); |
| 2059 | memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval), |
| 2060 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 2061 | VALUE_TYPE (val) = type; |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | return val; |
| 2064 | } |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | return value_assign (toval, fromval); |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND. |
| 2071 | ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer |
| 2072 | thereto. */ |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 | struct value * |
| 2075 | ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 2076 | { |
| 2077 | int k; |
| 2078 | struct value *elt; |
| 2079 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr); |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (elt)); |
| 2084 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2085 | && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0) |
| 2086 | return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind); |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) |
| 2089 | { |
| 2090 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2091 | error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k); |
| 2092 | elt = value_subscript (elt, value_pos_atr (ind[k])); |
| 2093 | } |
| 2094 | return elt; |
| 2095 | } |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the |
| 2098 | value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in |
| 2099 | IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */ |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | struct value * |
| 2102 | ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity, |
| 2103 | struct value **ind) |
| 2104 | { |
| 2105 | int k; |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) |
| 2108 | { |
| 2109 | LONGEST lwb, upb; |
| 2110 | struct value *idx; |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2113 | error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k); |
| 2114 | arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), |
| 2115 | value_copy (arr)); |
| 2116 | get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb); |
| 2117 | idx = value_pos_atr (ind[k]); |
| 2118 | if (lwb != 0) |
| 2119 | idx = value_sub (idx, value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, lwb)); |
| 2120 | arr = value_add (arr, idx); |
| 2121 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2122 | } |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | return value_ind (arr); |
| 2125 | } |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array |
| 2128 | descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a |
| 2129 | simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its |
| 2130 | type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */ |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | int |
| 2133 | ada_array_arity (struct type *type) |
| 2134 | { |
| 2135 | int arity; |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2138 | return 0; |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | arity = 0; |
| 2143 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 2144 | return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)); |
| 2145 | else |
| 2146 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2147 | { |
| 2148 | arity += 1; |
| 2149 | type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 2150 | } |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | return arity; |
| 2153 | } |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array |
| 2156 | descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for |
| 2157 | TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if |
| 2158 | NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */ |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | struct type * |
| 2161 | ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices) |
| 2162 | { |
| 2163 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 2166 | { |
| 2167 | int k; |
| 2168 | struct type *p_array_type; |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | p_array_type = desc_data_type (type); |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | k = ada_array_arity (type); |
| 2173 | if (k == 0) |
| 2174 | return NULL; |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[]. */ |
| 2177 | if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices) |
| 2178 | k = nindices; |
| 2179 | p_array_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type); |
| 2180 | while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL) |
| 2181 | { |
| 2182 | p_array_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type)); |
| 2183 | k -= 1; |
| 2184 | } |
| 2185 | return p_array_type; |
| 2186 | } |
| 2187 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2188 | { |
| 2189 | while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2190 | { |
| 2191 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2192 | nindices -= 1; |
| 2193 | } |
| 2194 | return type; |
| 2195 | } |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | return NULL; |
| 2198 | } |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). |
| 2201 | Does not examine memory. */ |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | struct type * |
| 2204 | ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n) |
| 2205 | { |
| 2206 | struct type *result_type; |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | if (n > ada_array_arity (type)) |
| 2211 | return NULL; |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | if (ada_is_simple_array_type (type)) |
| 2214 | { |
| 2215 | int i; |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1) |
| 2218 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2219 | result_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 2220 | /* FIXME: The stabs type r(0,0);bound;bound in an array type |
| 2221 | has a target type of TYPE_CODE_UNDEF. We compensate here, but |
| 2222 | perhaps stabsread.c would make more sense. */ |
| 2223 | if (result_type == NULL |
| 2224 | || TYPE_CODE (result_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 2225 | result_type = builtin_type_int; |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | return result_type; |
| 2228 | } |
| 2229 | else |
| 2230 | return desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n); |
| 2231 | } |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the |
| 2234 | Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if |
| 2235 | WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an |
| 2236 | array-descriptor type. If TYPEP is non-null, *TYPEP is set to the |
| 2237 | bounds type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied by |
| 2238 | run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 | LONGEST |
| 2241 | ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which, |
| 2242 | struct type ** typep) |
| 2243 | { |
| 2244 | struct type *type; |
| 2245 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2248 | arr_type = decode_packed_array_type (arr_type); |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2251 | { |
| 2252 | if (typep != NULL) |
| 2253 | *typep = builtin_type_int; |
| 2254 | return (LONGEST) - which; |
| 2255 | } |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 | if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 2258 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type); |
| 2259 | else |
| 2260 | type = arr_type; |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA"); |
| 2263 | if (index_type_desc == NULL) |
| 2264 | { |
| 2265 | struct type *range_type; |
| 2266 | struct type *index_type; |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | while (n > 1) |
| 2269 | { |
| 2270 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2271 | n -= 1; |
| 2272 | } |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type); |
| 2275 | index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type); |
| 2276 | if (TYPE_CODE (index_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 2277 | index_type = builtin_type_long; |
| 2278 | if (typep != NULL) |
| 2279 | *typep = index_type; |
| 2280 | return |
| 2281 | (LONGEST) (which == 0 |
| 2282 | ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type) |
| 2283 | : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type)); |
| 2284 | } |
| 2285 | else |
| 2286 | { |
| 2287 | struct type *index_type = |
| 2288 | to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, n - 1), |
| 2289 | NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (arr_type)); |
| 2290 | if (typep != NULL) |
| 2291 | *typep = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type); |
| 2292 | return |
| 2293 | (LONGEST) (which == 0 |
| 2294 | ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (index_type) |
| 2295 | : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (index_type)); |
| 2296 | } |
| 2297 | } |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 | /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the |
| 2300 | nth index (numbering from 1) if which is 0, and the upper bound if |
| 2301 | which is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds |
| 2302 | supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | struct value * |
| 2305 | ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which) |
| 2306 | { |
| 2307 | struct type *arr_type = VALUE_TYPE (arr); |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2310 | return ada_array_bound (decode_packed_array (arr), n, which); |
| 2311 | else if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2312 | { |
| 2313 | struct type *type; |
| 2314 | LONGEST v = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which, &type); |
| 2315 | return value_from_longest (type, v); |
| 2316 | } |
| 2317 | else |
| 2318 | return desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which); |
| 2319 | } |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the |
| 2322 | nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds |
| 2323 | supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. |
| 2324 | Does not work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation |
| 2325 | clauses at the moment. */ |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | struct value * |
| 2328 | ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n) |
| 2329 | { |
| 2330 | struct type *arr_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2333 | return ada_array_length (decode_packed_array (arr), n); |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2336 | { |
| 2337 | struct type *type; |
| 2338 | LONGEST v = |
| 2339 | ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1, &type) - |
| 2340 | ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0, NULL) + 1; |
| 2341 | return value_from_longest (type, v); |
| 2342 | } |
| 2343 | else |
| 2344 | return |
| 2345 | value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, |
| 2346 | value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), |
| 2347 | n, 1)) |
| 2348 | - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), |
| 2349 | n, 0)) + 1); |
| 2350 | } |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | /* An empty array whose type is that of ARR_TYPE (an array type), |
| 2353 | with bounds LOW to LOW-1. */ |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | static struct value * |
| 2356 | empty_array (struct type *arr_type, int low) |
| 2357 | { |
| 2358 | return allocate_value (create_range_type (NULL, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (arr_type), |
| 2359 | low, low - 1)); |
| 2360 | } |
| 2361 | \f |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | /* Name resolution */ |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | /* The "decoded" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding |
| 2366 | to OP. */ |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | static const char * |
| 2369 | ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode op) |
| 2370 | { |
| 2371 | int i; |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].encoded != NULL; i += 1) |
| 2374 | { |
| 2375 | if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op) |
| 2376 | return ada_opname_table[i].decoded; |
| 2377 | } |
| 2378 | error ("Could not find operator name for opcode"); |
| 2379 | } |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol |
| 2383 | references (marked by OP_VAR_VALUE nodes in which the symbol has an |
| 2384 | undefined namespace) and converts operators that are |
| 2385 | user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is |
| 2386 | non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only |
| 2387 | type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over |
| 2388 | functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void |
| 2389 | return type is preferred. May change (expand) *EXP. */ |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 | static void |
| 2392 | resolve (struct expression **expp, int void_context_p) |
| 2393 | { |
| 2394 | int pc; |
| 2395 | pc = 0; |
| 2396 | resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, void_context_p ? builtin_type_void : NULL); |
| 2397 | } |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at |
| 2400 | position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing |
| 2401 | the symbols that have undefined namespaces in OP_VAR_VALUE nodes |
| 2402 | with their resolutions, replacing built-in operators with |
| 2403 | function calls to user-defined operators, where appropriate, and, |
| 2404 | when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero, converting function-valued variables |
| 2405 | into parameterless calls. May expand *EXPP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions |
| 2406 | are as in ada_resolve, above. */ |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | static struct value * |
| 2409 | resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p, |
| 2410 | struct type *context_type) |
| 2411 | { |
| 2412 | int pc = *pos; |
| 2413 | int i; |
| 2414 | struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp. */ |
| 2415 | enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 2416 | struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */ |
| 2417 | int nargs; /* Number of operands. */ |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | argvec = NULL; |
| 2420 | nargs = 0; |
| 2421 | exp = *expp; |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos. */ |
| 2424 | switch (op) |
| 2425 | { |
| 2426 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 2427 | if (exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 2428 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 2429 | *pos += 7; |
| 2430 | else |
| 2431 | { |
| 2432 | *pos += 3; |
| 2433 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 2434 | } |
| 2435 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 2436 | break; |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 2439 | *pos += 3; |
| 2440 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, exp->elts[pc + 1].type); |
| 2441 | break; |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | case UNOP_ADDR: |
| 2444 | *pos += 1; |
| 2445 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 2446 | break; |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 2449 | *pos += 4; |
| 2450 | break; |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 2453 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 2454 | *pos += 1; |
| 2455 | nargs = 1; |
| 2456 | break; |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 2459 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 2460 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 2461 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 2462 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 2463 | *pos += 1; |
| 2464 | nargs = 2; |
| 2465 | break; |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 2468 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 2469 | *pos += 1; |
| 2470 | nargs = 3; |
| 2471 | break; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | case BINOP_ASSIGN: |
| 2474 | { |
| 2475 | struct value *arg1; |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | *pos += 1; |
| 2478 | arg1 = resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 2479 | if (arg1 == NULL) |
| 2480 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 2481 | else |
| 2482 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, VALUE_TYPE (arg1)); |
| 2483 | break; |
| 2484 | } |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | case UNOP_CAST: |
| 2487 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 2488 | *pos += 3; |
| 2489 | nargs = 1; |
| 2490 | break; |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 2493 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 2494 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 2495 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 2496 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 2497 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 2498 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 2499 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 2500 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: |
| 2501 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: |
| 2502 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 2503 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 2504 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 2507 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 2508 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 2509 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 2510 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 2511 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | case BINOP_REPEAT: |
| 2514 | case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT: |
| 2515 | case BINOP_COMMA: |
| 2516 | *pos += 1; |
| 2517 | nargs = 2; |
| 2518 | break; |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 2521 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 2522 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 2523 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 2524 | case UNOP_IND: |
| 2525 | *pos += 1; |
| 2526 | nargs = 1; |
| 2527 | break; |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | case OP_LONG: |
| 2530 | case OP_DOUBLE: |
| 2531 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 2532 | *pos += 4; |
| 2533 | break; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 2536 | case OP_BOOL: |
| 2537 | case OP_LAST: |
| 2538 | case OP_REGISTER: |
| 2539 | case OP_INTERNALVAR: |
| 2540 | *pos += 3; |
| 2541 | break; |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | case UNOP_MEMVAL: |
| 2544 | *pos += 3; |
| 2545 | nargs = 1; |
| 2546 | break; |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: |
| 2549 | *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1); |
| 2550 | nargs = 1; |
| 2551 | break; |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 | case OP_STRING: |
| 2554 | (*pos) += 3 |
| 2555 | + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1); |
| 2556 | break; |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 | case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| 2559 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 2560 | *pos += 1; |
| 2561 | nargs = 3; |
| 2562 | break; |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 2565 | *pos += 3; |
| 2566 | nargs = 2; |
| 2567 | break; |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | default: |
| 2570 | error ("Unexpected operator during name resolution"); |
| 2571 | } |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | argvec = |
| 2574 | (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1)); |
| 2575 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 2576 | argvec[i] = resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 2577 | argvec[i] = NULL; |
| 2578 | exp = *expp; |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */ |
| 2581 | switch (op) |
| 2582 | { |
| 2583 | default: |
| 2584 | break; |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 2587 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 2588 | { |
| 2589 | struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; |
| 2590 | int n_candidates; |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | n_candidates = |
| 2593 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2] |
| 2594 | .symbol), |
| 2595 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block, |
| 2596 | VAR_DOMAIN, &candidates); |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | if (n_candidates > 1) |
| 2599 | { |
| 2600 | /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there |
| 2601 | are any local symbols that are not types, first filter |
| 2602 | out all types. */ |
| 2603 | int j; |
| 2604 | for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1) |
| 2605 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates[j].sym)) |
| 2606 | { |
| 2607 | case LOC_REGISTER: |
| 2608 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 2609 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 2610 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 2611 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 2612 | case LOC_LOCAL: |
| 2613 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 2614 | case LOC_BASEREG: |
| 2615 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 2616 | case LOC_COMPUTED: |
| 2617 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 2618 | goto FoundNonType; |
| 2619 | default: |
| 2620 | break; |
| 2621 | } |
| 2622 | FoundNonType: |
| 2623 | if (j < n_candidates) |
| 2624 | { |
| 2625 | j = 0; |
| 2626 | while (j < n_candidates) |
| 2627 | { |
| 2628 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates[j].sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 2629 | { |
| 2630 | candidates[j] = candidates[n_candidates - 1]; |
| 2631 | n_candidates -= 1; |
| 2632 | } |
| 2633 | else |
| 2634 | j += 1; |
| 2635 | } |
| 2636 | } |
| 2637 | } |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | if (n_candidates == 0) |
| 2640 | error ("No definition found for %s", |
| 2641 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 2642 | else if (n_candidates == 1) |
| 2643 | i = 0; |
| 2644 | else if (deprocedure_p |
| 2645 | && !is_nonfunction (candidates, n_candidates)) |
| 2646 | { |
| 2647 | i = ada_resolve_function (candidates, n_candidates, NULL, 0, |
| 2648 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2] |
| 2649 | .symbol), |
| 2650 | context_type); |
| 2651 | if (i < 0) |
| 2652 | error ("Could not find a match for %s", |
| 2653 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 2654 | } |
| 2655 | else |
| 2656 | { |
| 2657 | printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", |
| 2658 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 2659 | user_select_syms (candidates, n_candidates, 1); |
| 2660 | i = 0; |
| 2661 | } |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidates[i].block; |
| 2664 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidates[i].sym; |
| 2665 | if (innermost_block == NULL || |
| 2666 | contained_in (candidates[i].block, innermost_block)) |
| 2667 | innermost_block = candidates[i].block; |
| 2668 | } |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | if (deprocedure_p |
| 2671 | && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) |
| 2672 | == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)) |
| 2673 | { |
| 2674 | replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0, |
| 2675 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol, |
| 2676 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block); |
| 2677 | exp = *expp; |
| 2678 | } |
| 2679 | break; |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 2682 | { |
| 2683 | if (exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 2684 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 2685 | { |
| 2686 | struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; |
| 2687 | int n_candidates; |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | n_candidates = |
| 2690 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5] |
| 2691 | .symbol), |
| 2692 | exp->elts[pc + 4].block, |
| 2693 | VAR_DOMAIN, &candidates); |
| 2694 | if (n_candidates == 1) |
| 2695 | i = 0; |
| 2696 | else |
| 2697 | { |
| 2698 | i = ada_resolve_function (candidates, n_candidates, |
| 2699 | argvec, nargs, |
| 2700 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp->elts[pc+5] |
| 2701 | .symbol), |
| 2702 | context_type); |
| 2703 | if (i < 0) |
| 2704 | error ("Could not find a match for %s", |
| 2705 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol)); |
| 2706 | } |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidates[i].block; |
| 2709 | exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidates[i].sym; |
| 2710 | if (innermost_block == NULL || |
| 2711 | contained_in (candidates[i].block, innermost_block)) |
| 2712 | innermost_block = candidates[i].block; |
| 2713 | } |
| 2714 | } |
| 2715 | break; |
| 2716 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 2717 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 2718 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 2719 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 2720 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 2721 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 2722 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 2723 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 2724 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 2725 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 2726 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 2727 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 2728 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 2729 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 2730 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 2731 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 2732 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 2733 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 2734 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 2735 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 2736 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 2737 | if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec)) |
| 2738 | { |
| 2739 | struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; |
| 2740 | int n_candidates; |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | n_candidates = |
| 2743 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_encode (ada_decoded_op_name (op)), |
| 2744 | (struct block *) NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 2745 | &candidates); |
| 2746 | i = ada_resolve_function (candidates, n_candidates, argvec, nargs, |
| 2747 | ada_decoded_op_name (op), NULL); |
| 2748 | if (i < 0) |
| 2749 | break; |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 | replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1, |
| 2752 | candidates[i].sym, candidates[i].block); |
| 2753 | exp = *expp; |
| 2754 | } |
| 2755 | break; |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 2758 | return NULL; |
| 2759 | } |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | *pos = pc; |
| 2762 | return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos); |
| 2763 | } |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If |
| 2766 | MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual |
| 2767 | a non-pointer. A type of 'void' (which is never a valid expression type) |
| 2768 | by convention matches anything. */ |
| 2769 | /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and |
| 2770 | liberal. FIXME: TOO liberal, in fact. */ |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | static int |
| 2773 | ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref) |
| 2774 | { |
| 2775 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (ftype); |
| 2776 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (atype); |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 2779 | ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype); |
| 2780 | if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 2781 | atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype); |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID |
| 2784 | || TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 2785 | return 1; |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype)) |
| 2788 | { |
| 2789 | default: |
| 2790 | return 1; |
| 2791 | case TYPE_CODE_PTR: |
| 2792 | if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 2793 | return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), |
| 2794 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0); |
| 2795 | else |
| 2796 | return (may_deref && |
| 2797 | ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0)); |
| 2798 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2799 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 2800 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2801 | switch (TYPE_CODE (atype)) |
| 2802 | { |
| 2803 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2804 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 2805 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2806 | return 1; |
| 2807 | default: |
| 2808 | return 0; |
| 2809 | } |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 2812 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2813 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 2816 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ftype)) |
| 2817 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2818 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 2819 | else |
| 2820 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 2821 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 2824 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 2825 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype)); |
| 2826 | } |
| 2827 | } |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the |
| 2830 | vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC |
| 2831 | may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0- |
| 2832 | argument function. */ |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | static int |
| 2835 | ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals) |
| 2836 | { |
| 2837 | int i; |
| 2838 | struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func); |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST && |
| 2841 | TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 2842 | return (n_actuals == 0); |
| 2843 | else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 2844 | return 0; |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals) |
| 2847 | return 0; |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1) |
| 2850 | { |
| 2851 | if (actuals[i] == NULL) |
| 2852 | return 0; |
| 2853 | else |
| 2854 | { |
| 2855 | struct type *ftype = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i)); |
| 2856 | struct type *atype = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i])); |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | if (!ada_type_match (ftype, atype, 1)) |
| 2859 | return 0; |
| 2860 | } |
| 2861 | } |
| 2862 | return 1; |
| 2863 | } |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value |
| 2866 | compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if |
| 2867 | FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type |
| 2868 | or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */ |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | static int |
| 2871 | return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type) |
| 2872 | { |
| 2873 | struct type *return_type; |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | if (func_type == NULL) |
| 2876 | return 1; |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 2879 | return_type = base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type)); |
| 2880 | else |
| 2881 | return_type = base_type (func_type); |
| 2882 | if (return_type == NULL) |
| 2883 | return 1; |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | context_type = base_type (context_type); |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 2888 | return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type; |
| 2889 | else if (context_type == NULL) |
| 2890 | return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID; |
| 2891 | else |
| 2892 | return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type); |
| 2893 | } |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | /* Returns the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] that contains the symbol for the |
| 2897 | function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in |
| 2898 | ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null and there is at least one match |
| 2899 | that returns that type, then eliminate matches that don't. If |
| 2900 | CONTEXT_TYPE is void and there is at least one match that does not |
| 2901 | return void, eliminate all matches that do. |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1 |
| 2904 | if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used |
| 2905 | solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in |
| 2906 | the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. */ |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | static int |
| 2909 | ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], |
| 2910 | int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs, |
| 2911 | const char *name, struct type *context_type) |
| 2912 | { |
| 2913 | int k; |
| 2914 | int m; /* Number of hits */ |
| 2915 | struct type *fallback; |
| 2916 | struct type *return_type; |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | return_type = context_type; |
| 2919 | if (context_type == NULL) |
| 2920 | fallback = builtin_type_void; |
| 2921 | else |
| 2922 | fallback = NULL; |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | m = 0; |
| 2925 | while (1) |
| 2926 | { |
| 2927 | for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1) |
| 2928 | { |
| 2929 | struct type *type = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k].sym)); |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | if (ada_args_match (syms[k].sym, args, nargs) |
| 2932 | && return_match (type, return_type)) |
| 2933 | { |
| 2934 | syms[m] = syms[k]; |
| 2935 | m += 1; |
| 2936 | } |
| 2937 | } |
| 2938 | if (m > 0 || return_type == fallback) |
| 2939 | break; |
| 2940 | else |
| 2941 | return_type = fallback; |
| 2942 | } |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | if (m == 0) |
| 2945 | return -1; |
| 2946 | else if (m > 1) |
| 2947 | { |
| 2948 | printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", name); |
| 2949 | user_select_syms (syms, m, 1); |
| 2950 | return 0; |
| 2951 | } |
| 2952 | return 0; |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | /* Returns true (non-zero) iff decoded name N0 should appear before N1 |
| 2956 | in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). |
| 2957 | The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the |
| 2958 | same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering |
| 2959 | such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */ |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | static int |
| 2962 | encoded_ordered_before (char *N0, char *N1) |
| 2963 | { |
| 2964 | if (N1 == NULL) |
| 2965 | return 0; |
| 2966 | else if (N0 == NULL) |
| 2967 | return 1; |
| 2968 | else |
| 2969 | { |
| 2970 | int k0, k1; |
| 2971 | for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1) |
| 2972 | ; |
| 2973 | for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1) |
| 2974 | ; |
| 2975 | if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000' |
| 2976 | && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000') |
| 2977 | { |
| 2978 | int n0, n1; |
| 2979 | n0 = k0; |
| 2980 | while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_') |
| 2981 | n0 -= 1; |
| 2982 | n1 = k1; |
| 2983 | while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_') |
| 2984 | n1 -= 1; |
| 2985 | if (n0 == n1 && strncmp (N0, N1, n0) == 0) |
| 2986 | return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1)); |
| 2987 | } |
| 2988 | return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0); |
| 2989 | } |
| 2990 | } |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by the |
| 2993 | encoded names. */ |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 | static void |
| 2996 | sort_choices (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], int nsyms) |
| 2997 | { |
| 2998 | int i; |
| 2999 | for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 3000 | { |
| 3001 | struct ada_symbol_info sym = syms[i]; |
| 3002 | int j; |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 3005 | { |
| 3006 | if (encoded_ordered_before (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym), |
| 3007 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym.sym))) |
| 3008 | break; |
| 3009 | syms[j + 1] = syms[j]; |
| 3010 | } |
| 3011 | syms[j + 1] = sym; |
| 3012 | } |
| 3013 | } |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 |
| 3016 | by asking the user (if necessary), returning the number selected, |
| 3017 | and setting the first elements of SYMS items. Error if no symbols |
| 3018 | selected. */ |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought |
| 3021 | to be re-integrated one of these days. */ |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | int |
| 3024 | user_select_syms (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms, int max_results) |
| 3025 | { |
| 3026 | int i; |
| 3027 | int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms); |
| 3028 | int n_chosen; |
| 3029 | int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2; |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 | if (max_results < 1) |
| 3032 | error ("Request to select 0 symbols!"); |
| 3033 | if (nsyms <= 1) |
| 3034 | return nsyms; |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n"); |
| 3037 | if (max_results > 1) |
| 3038 | printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n"); |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | sort_choices (syms, nsyms); |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 3043 | { |
| 3044 | if (syms[i].sym == NULL) |
| 3045 | continue; |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_BLOCK) |
| 3048 | { |
| 3049 | struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (syms[i].sym, 1); |
| 3050 | printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n", |
| 3051 | i + first_choice, |
| 3052 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 3053 | sal.symtab == NULL |
| 3054 | ? "<no source file available>" |
| 3055 | : sal.symtab->filename, sal.line); |
| 3056 | continue; |
| 3057 | } |
| 3058 | else |
| 3059 | { |
| 3060 | int is_enumeral = |
| 3061 | (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_CONST |
| 3062 | && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym) != NULL |
| 3063 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM); |
| 3064 | struct symtab *symtab = symtab_for_sym (syms[i].sym); |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i].sym) != 0 && symtab != NULL) |
| 3067 | printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n", |
| 3068 | i + first_choice, |
| 3069 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 3070 | symtab->filename, SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i].sym)); |
| 3071 | else if (is_enumeral && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != NULL) |
| 3072 | { |
| 3073 | printf_unfiltered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice); |
| 3074 | ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym), NULL, |
| 3075 | gdb_stdout, -1, 0); |
| 3076 | printf_unfiltered ("'(%s) (enumeral)\n", |
| 3077 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym)); |
| 3078 | } |
| 3079 | else if (symtab != NULL) |
| 3080 | printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral |
| 3081 | ? "[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n" |
| 3082 | : "[%d] %s at %s:?\n", |
| 3083 | i + first_choice, |
| 3084 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 3085 | symtab->filename); |
| 3086 | else |
| 3087 | printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral |
| 3088 | ? "[%d] %s (enumeral)\n" |
| 3089 | : "[%d] %s at ?\n", |
| 3090 | i + first_choice, |
| 3091 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i].sym)); |
| 3092 | } |
| 3093 | } |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1, |
| 3096 | "overload-choice"); |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1) |
| 3099 | syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]]; |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | return n_chosen; |
| 3102 | } |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 | /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the |
| 3105 | range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing |
| 3106 | order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N. |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line |
| 3109 | separated by blanks, encoding them as follows: |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error. |
| 3112 | + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. |
| 3113 | + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1. |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values. |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input |
| 3118 | prompts (for use with the -f switch). */ |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | int |
| 3121 | get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results, |
| 3122 | int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix) |
| 3123 | { |
| 3124 | char *args; |
| 3125 | const char *prompt; |
| 3126 | int n_chosen; |
| 3127 | int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1; |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | prompt = getenv ("PS2"); |
| 3130 | if (prompt == NULL) |
| 3131 | prompt = ">"; |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | printf_unfiltered ("%s ", prompt); |
| 3134 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | args = command_line_input ((char *) NULL, 0, annotation_suffix); |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | if (args == NULL) |
| 3139 | error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers"); |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | n_chosen = 0; |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending |
| 3144 | order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */ |
| 3145 | while (1) |
| 3146 | { |
| 3147 | char *args2; |
| 3148 | int choice, j; |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | while (isspace (*args)) |
| 3151 | args += 1; |
| 3152 | if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0) |
| 3153 | error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers"); |
| 3154 | else if (*args == '\0') |
| 3155 | break; |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 | choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10); |
| 3158 | if (args == args2 || choice < 0 |
| 3159 | || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1) |
| 3160 | error ("Argument must be choice number"); |
| 3161 | args = args2; |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | if (choice == 0) |
| 3164 | error ("cancelled"); |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | if (choice < first_choice) |
| 3167 | { |
| 3168 | n_chosen = n_choices; |
| 3169 | for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) |
| 3170 | choices[j] = j; |
| 3171 | break; |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | choice -= first_choice; |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1) |
| 3176 | { |
| 3177 | } |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j]) |
| 3180 | { |
| 3181 | int k; |
| 3182 | for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1) |
| 3183 | choices[k + 1] = choices[k]; |
| 3184 | choices[j + 1] = choice; |
| 3185 | n_chosen += 1; |
| 3186 | } |
| 3187 | } |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | if (n_chosen > max_results) |
| 3190 | error ("Select no more than %d of the above", max_results); |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | return n_chosen; |
| 3193 | } |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call |
| 3196 | on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS |
| 3197 | arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */ |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | static void |
| 3200 | replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs, |
| 3201 | int oplen, struct symbol *sym, |
| 3202 | struct block *block) |
| 3203 | { |
| 3204 | /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function |
| 3205 | symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */ |
| 3206 | struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *) |
| 3207 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct expression) |
| 3208 | + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen)); |
| 3209 | struct expression *exp = *expp; |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen; |
| 3212 | newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn; |
| 3213 | memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc)); |
| 3214 | memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen, |
| 3215 | EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen)); |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL; |
| 3218 | newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs; |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE; |
| 3221 | newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block; |
| 3222 | newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym; |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | *expp = newexp; |
| 3225 | xfree (exp); |
| 3226 | } |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | /* Type-class predicates */ |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), |
| 3231 | or FLOAT). */ |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | static int |
| 3234 | numeric_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 3235 | { |
| 3236 | if (type == NULL) |
| 3237 | return 0; |
| 3238 | else |
| 3239 | { |
| 3240 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 3241 | { |
| 3242 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3243 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 3244 | return 1; |
| 3245 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3246 | return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 3247 | || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 3248 | default: |
| 3249 | return 0; |
| 3250 | } |
| 3251 | } |
| 3252 | } |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */ |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | static int |
| 3257 | integer_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 3258 | { |
| 3259 | if (type == NULL) |
| 3260 | return 0; |
| 3261 | else |
| 3262 | { |
| 3263 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 3264 | { |
| 3265 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3266 | return 1; |
| 3267 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3268 | return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 3269 | || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 3270 | default: |
| 3271 | return 0; |
| 3272 | } |
| 3273 | } |
| 3274 | } |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */ |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | static int |
| 3279 | scalar_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 3280 | { |
| 3281 | if (type == NULL) |
| 3282 | return 0; |
| 3283 | else |
| 3284 | { |
| 3285 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 3286 | { |
| 3287 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3288 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3289 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 3290 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 3291 | return 1; |
| 3292 | default: |
| 3293 | return 0; |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | } |
| 3296 | } |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */ |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 | static int |
| 3301 | discrete_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 3302 | { |
| 3303 | if (type == NULL) |
| 3304 | return 0; |
| 3305 | else |
| 3306 | { |
| 3307 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 3308 | { |
| 3309 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3310 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3311 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 3312 | return 1; |
| 3313 | default: |
| 3314 | return 0; |
| 3315 | } |
| 3316 | } |
| 3317 | } |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | /* Returns non-zero if OP with operands in the vector ARGS could be |
| 3320 | a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators |
| 3321 | (i.e., result 0). */ |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | static int |
| 3324 | possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[]) |
| 3325 | { |
| 3326 | struct type *type0 = |
| 3327 | (args[0] == NULL) ? NULL : check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[0])); |
| 3328 | struct type *type1 = |
| 3329 | (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[1])); |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | if (type0 == NULL) |
| 3332 | return 0; |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | switch (op) |
| 3335 | { |
| 3336 | default: |
| 3337 | return 0; |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 3340 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 3341 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 3342 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 3343 | return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1))); |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 3346 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 3347 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 3348 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 3349 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 3350 | return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 3353 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 3354 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 3355 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 3356 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 3357 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 3358 | return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1))); |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 3361 | return ((TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && |
| 3362 | (TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_PTR || |
| 3363 | TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0)) |
| 3364 | != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)) |
| 3365 | || (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && |
| 3366 | (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_PTR || |
| 3367 | TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))); |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 3370 | return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 3373 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 3374 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 3375 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 3376 | return (!numeric_type_p (type0)); |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | } |
| 3379 | } |
| 3380 | \f |
| 3381 | /* Renaming */ |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 | /* NOTE: In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may |
| 3384 | have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some |
| 3385 | point. */ |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | /* If TYPE encodes a renaming, returns the renaming suffix, which |
| 3388 | is XR for an object renaming, XRP for a procedure renaming, XRE for |
| 3389 | an exception renaming, and XRS for a subprogram renaming. Returns |
| 3390 | NULL if NAME encodes none of these. */ |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | const char * |
| 3393 | ada_renaming_type (struct type *type) |
| 3394 | { |
| 3395 | if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3396 | { |
| 3397 | const char *name = type_name_no_tag (type); |
| 3398 | const char *suffix = (name == NULL) ? NULL : strstr (name, "___XR"); |
| 3399 | if (suffix == NULL |
| 3400 | || (suffix[5] != '\000' && strchr ("PES_", suffix[5]) == NULL)) |
| 3401 | return NULL; |
| 3402 | else |
| 3403 | return suffix + 3; |
| 3404 | } |
| 3405 | else |
| 3406 | return NULL; |
| 3407 | } |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | /* Return non-zero iff SYM encodes an object renaming. */ |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | int |
| 3412 | ada_is_object_renaming (struct symbol *sym) |
| 3413 | { |
| 3414 | const char *renaming_type = ada_renaming_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 3415 | return renaming_type != NULL |
| 3416 | && (renaming_type[2] == '\0' || renaming_type[2] == '_'); |
| 3417 | } |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | /* Assuming that SYM encodes a non-object renaming, returns the original |
| 3420 | name of the renamed entity. The name is good until the end of |
| 3421 | parsing. */ |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | char * |
| 3424 | ada_simple_renamed_entity (struct symbol *sym) |
| 3425 | { |
| 3426 | struct type *type; |
| 3427 | const char *raw_name; |
| 3428 | int len; |
| 3429 | char *result; |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 3432 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) < 1) |
| 3433 | error ("Improperly encoded renaming."); |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | raw_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0); |
| 3436 | len = (raw_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen (raw_name)) - 5; |
| 3437 | if (len <= 0) |
| 3438 | error ("Improperly encoded renaming."); |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | result = xmalloc (len + 1); |
| 3441 | strncpy (result, raw_name, len); |
| 3442 | result[len] = '\000'; |
| 3443 | return result; |
| 3444 | } |
| 3445 | \f |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | /* Evaluation: Function Calls */ |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | /* Return an lvalue containing the value VAL. This is the identity on |
| 3450 | lvalues, and otherwise has the side-effect of pushing a copy of VAL |
| 3451 | on the stack, using and updating *SP as the stack pointer, and |
| 3452 | returning an lvalue whose VALUE_ADDRESS points to the copy. */ |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | static struct value * |
| 3455 | ensure_lval (struct value *val, CORE_ADDR *sp) |
| 3456 | { |
| 3457 | CORE_ADDR old_sp = *sp; |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | if (VALUE_LVAL (val)) |
| 3460 | return val; |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | if (DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN_P ()) |
| 3463 | *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), |
| 3464 | DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN |
| 3465 | (TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val))))); |
| 3466 | else |
| 3467 | *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), |
| 3468 | TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)))); |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory; |
| 3471 | if (INNER_THAN (1, 2)) |
| 3472 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = *sp; |
| 3473 | else |
| 3474 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = old_sp; |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | return val; |
| 3477 | } |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a |
| 3480 | formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for |
| 3481 | allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of |
| 3482 | values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */ |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | static struct value * |
| 3485 | convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0, |
| 3486 | CORE_ADDR *sp) |
| 3487 | { |
| 3488 | struct type *actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual)); |
| 3489 | struct type *formal_type = check_typedef (formal_type0); |
| 3490 | struct type *formal_target = |
| 3491 | TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 3492 | ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type; |
| 3493 | struct type *actual_target = |
| 3494 | TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 3495 | ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type; |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (formal_target) |
| 3498 | && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 3499 | return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual, sp); |
| 3500 | else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3501 | { |
| 3502 | if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 3503 | && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (actual_target)) |
| 3504 | return desc_data (actual); |
| 3505 | else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3506 | { |
| 3507 | if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory) |
| 3508 | { |
| 3509 | struct value *val; |
| 3510 | actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual)); |
| 3511 | val = allocate_value (actual_type); |
| 3512 | memcpy ((char *) VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), |
| 3513 | (char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (actual), |
| 3514 | TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type)); |
| 3515 | actual = ensure_lval (val, sp); |
| 3516 | } |
| 3517 | return value_addr (actual); |
| 3518 | } |
| 3519 | } |
| 3520 | else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3521 | return ada_value_ind (actual); |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | return actual; |
| 3524 | } |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 | /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at |
| 3528 | *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either |
| 3529 | an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer- |
| 3530 | to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value * |
| 3531 | representing a pointer to this descriptor. */ |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | static struct value * |
| 3534 | make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr, CORE_ADDR *sp) |
| 3535 | { |
| 3536 | struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type); |
| 3537 | struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 3538 | struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type); |
| 3539 | struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type); |
| 3540 | int i; |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | for (i = ada_array_arity (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr))); i > 0; i -= 1) |
| 3543 | { |
| 3544 | modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds), |
| 3545 | value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0)), |
| 3546 | desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0), |
| 3547 | desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0)); |
| 3548 | modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds), |
| 3549 | value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1)), |
| 3550 | desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1), |
| 3551 | desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1)); |
| 3552 | } |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | bounds = ensure_lval (bounds, sp); |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor), |
| 3557 | VALUE_ADDRESS (ensure_lval (arr, sp)), |
| 3558 | fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type), |
| 3559 | fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type)); |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor), |
| 3562 | VALUE_ADDRESS (bounds), |
| 3563 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type), |
| 3564 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type)); |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | descriptor = ensure_lval (descriptor, sp); |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3569 | return value_addr (descriptor); |
| 3570 | else |
| 3571 | return descriptor; |
| 3572 | } |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | /* Assuming a dummy frame has been established on the target, perform any |
| 3576 | conversions needed for calling function FUNC on the NARGS actual |
| 3577 | parameters in ARGS, other than standard C conversions. Does |
| 3578 | nothing if FUNC does not have Ada-style prototype data, or if NARGS |
| 3579 | does not match the number of arguments expected. Use *SP as a |
| 3580 | stack pointer for additional data that must be pushed, updating its |
| 3581 | value as needed. */ |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | void |
| 3584 | ada_convert_actuals (struct value *func, int nargs, struct value *args[], |
| 3585 | CORE_ADDR *sp) |
| 3586 | { |
| 3587 | int i; |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)) == 0 |
| 3590 | || nargs != TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func))) |
| 3591 | return; |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 3594 | args[i] = |
| 3595 | convert_actual (args[i], TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (func), i), sp); |
| 3596 | } |
| 3597 | \f |
| 3598 | /* Experimental Symbol Cache Module */ |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | /* This section implements a simple, fixed-sized hash table for those |
| 3601 | Ada-mode symbols that get looked up in the course of executing the user's |
| 3602 | commands. The size is fixed on the grounds that there are not |
| 3603 | likely to be all that many symbols looked up during any given |
| 3604 | session, regardless of the size of the symbol table. If we decide |
| 3605 | to go to a resizable table, let's just use the stuff from libiberty |
| 3606 | instead. */ |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | #define HASH_SIZE 1009 |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | struct cache_entry { |
| 3611 | const char *name; |
| 3612 | domain_enum namespace; |
| 3613 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3614 | struct symtab *symtab; |
| 3615 | struct block *block; |
| 3616 | struct cache_entry *next; |
| 3617 | }; |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | static struct obstack cache_space; |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | static struct cache_entry *cache[HASH_SIZE]; |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | /* Clear all entries from the symbol cache. */ |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | void |
| 3626 | clear_ada_sym_cache (void) |
| 3627 | { |
| 3628 | obstack_free (&cache_space, NULL); |
| 3629 | obstack_init (&cache_space); |
| 3630 | memset (cache, '\000', sizeof (cache)); |
| 3631 | } |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 | static struct cache_entry ** |
| 3634 | find_entry (const char *name, domain_enum namespace) |
| 3635 | { |
| 3636 | int h = msymbol_hash (name) % HASH_SIZE; |
| 3637 | struct cache_entry **e; |
| 3638 | for (e = &cache[h]; *e != NULL; e = &(*e)->next) |
| 3639 | { |
| 3640 | if (namespace == (*e)->namespace && strcmp (name, (*e)->name) == 0) |
| 3641 | return e; |
| 3642 | } |
| 3643 | return NULL; |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /* Return (in SYM) the last cached definition for global or static symbol NAME |
| 3647 | in namespace DOMAIN. Returns 1 if entry found, 0 otherwise. |
| 3648 | If SYMTAB is non-NULL, store the symbol |
| 3649 | table in which the symbol was found there, or NULL if not found. |
| 3650 | *BLOCK is set to the block in which NAME is found. */ |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | static int |
| 3653 | lookup_cached_symbol (const char *name, domain_enum namespace, |
| 3654 | struct symbol **sym, struct block **block, |
| 3655 | struct symtab **symtab) |
| 3656 | { |
| 3657 | struct cache_entry **e = find_entry (name, namespace); |
| 3658 | if (e == NULL) |
| 3659 | return 0; |
| 3660 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 3661 | *sym = (*e)->sym; |
| 3662 | if (block != NULL) |
| 3663 | *block = (*e)->block; |
| 3664 | if (symtab != NULL) |
| 3665 | *symtab = (*e)->symtab; |
| 3666 | return 1; |
| 3667 | } |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 | /* Set the cached definition of NAME in DOMAIN to SYM in block |
| 3670 | BLOCK and symbol table SYMTAB. */ |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | static void |
| 3673 | cache_symbol (const char *name, domain_enum namespace, struct symbol *sym, |
| 3674 | struct block *block, struct symtab *symtab) |
| 3675 | { |
| 3676 | int h = msymbol_hash (name) % HASH_SIZE; |
| 3677 | char *copy; |
| 3678 | struct cache_entry *e = |
| 3679 | (struct cache_entry *) obstack_alloc(&cache_space, sizeof (*e)); |
| 3680 | e->next = cache[h]; |
| 3681 | cache[h] = e; |
| 3682 | e->name = copy = obstack_alloc (&cache_space, strlen (name) + 1); |
| 3683 | strcpy (copy, name); |
| 3684 | e->sym = sym; |
| 3685 | e->namespace = namespace; |
| 3686 | e->symtab = symtab; |
| 3687 | e->block = block; |
| 3688 | } |
| 3689 | \f |
| 3690 | /* Symbol Lookup */ |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in |
| 3693 | given DOMAIN, visible from lexical block BLOCK. */ |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | static struct symbol * |
| 3696 | standard_lookup (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 3697 | domain_enum domain) |
| 3698 | { |
| 3699 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3700 | struct symtab *symtab; |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 | if (lookup_cached_symbol (name, domain, &sym, NULL, NULL)) |
| 3703 | return sym; |
| 3704 | sym = lookup_symbol_in_language (name, block, domain, language_c, 0, &symtab); |
| 3705 | cache_symbol (name, domain, sym, block_found, symtab); |
| 3706 | return sym; |
| 3707 | } |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol |
| 3711 | in the symbol fields of SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, |
| 3712 | since they contend in overloading in the same way. */ |
| 3713 | static int |
| 3714 | is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info syms[], int n) |
| 3715 | { |
| 3716 | int i; |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 3719 | if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC |
| 3720 | && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 3721 | || SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) != LOC_CONST)) |
| 3722 | return 1; |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | return 0; |
| 3725 | } |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent |
| 3728 | struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */ |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | static int |
| 3731 | equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) |
| 3732 | { |
| 3733 | if (type0 == type1) |
| 3734 | return 1; |
| 3735 | if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL |
| 3736 | || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1)) |
| 3737 | return 0; |
| 3738 | if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 3739 | || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3740 | && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL |
| 3741 | && strcmp (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)) == 0) |
| 3742 | return 1; |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | return 0; |
| 3745 | } |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is |
| 3748 | no more defined than that of SYM1. */ |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | static int |
| 3751 | lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1) |
| 3752 | { |
| 3753 | if (sym0 == sym1) |
| 3754 | return 1; |
| 3755 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1) |
| 3756 | || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1)) |
| 3757 | return 0; |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0)) |
| 3760 | { |
| 3761 | case LOC_UNDEF: |
| 3762 | return 1; |
| 3763 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 3764 | { |
| 3765 | struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0); |
| 3766 | struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1); |
| 3767 | char *name0 = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym0); |
| 3768 | char *name1 = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym1); |
| 3769 | int len0 = strlen (name0); |
| 3770 | return |
| 3771 | TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1) |
| 3772 | && (equiv_types (type0, type1) |
| 3773 | || (len0 < strlen (name1) && strncmp (name0, name1, len0) == 0 |
| 3774 | && strncmp (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5) == 0)); |
| 3775 | } |
| 3776 | case LOC_CONST: |
| 3777 | return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1) |
| 3778 | && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1)); |
| 3779 | default: |
| 3780 | return 0; |
| 3781 | } |
| 3782 | } |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | /* Append (SYM,BLOCK,SYMTAB) to the end of the array of struct ada_symbol_info |
| 3785 | records in OBSTACKP. Do nothing if SYM is a duplicate. */ |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | static void |
| 3788 | add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 3789 | struct symbol *sym, |
| 3790 | struct block *block, |
| 3791 | struct symtab *symtab) |
| 3792 | { |
| 3793 | int i; |
| 3794 | size_t tmp; |
| 3795 | struct ada_symbol_info *prevDefns = defns_collected (obstackp, 0); |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) != NULL) |
| 3798 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 3799 | for (i = num_defns_collected (obstackp) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 3800 | { |
| 3801 | if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, prevDefns[i].sym)) |
| 3802 | return; |
| 3803 | else if (lesseq_defined_than (prevDefns[i].sym, sym)) |
| 3804 | { |
| 3805 | prevDefns[i].sym = sym; |
| 3806 | prevDefns[i].block = block; |
| 3807 | prevDefns[i].symtab = symtab; |
| 3808 | return; |
| 3809 | } |
| 3810 | } |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 | { |
| 3813 | struct ada_symbol_info info; |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 | info.sym = sym; |
| 3816 | info.block = block; |
| 3817 | info.symtab = symtab; |
| 3818 | obstack_grow (obstackp, &info, sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info)); |
| 3819 | } |
| 3820 | } |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | /* Number of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in |
| 3823 | current vector in *OBSTACKP. */ |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | static int |
| 3826 | num_defns_collected (struct obstack *obstackp) |
| 3827 | { |
| 3828 | return obstack_object_size (obstackp) / sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info); |
| 3829 | } |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | /* Vector of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in current |
| 3832 | vector in *OBSTACKP. If FINISH, close off the vector and return |
| 3833 | its final address. */ |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | static struct ada_symbol_info * |
| 3836 | defns_collected (struct obstack *obstackp, int finish) |
| 3837 | { |
| 3838 | if (finish) |
| 3839 | return obstack_finish (obstackp); |
| 3840 | else |
| 3841 | return (struct ada_symbol_info *) obstack_base (obstackp); |
| 3842 | } |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | /* If SYM_NAME is a completion candidate for TEXT, return this symbol |
| 3845 | name in a form that's appropriate for the completion. The result |
| 3846 | does not need to be deallocated, but is only good until the next call. |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | TEXT_LEN is equal to the length of TEXT. |
| 3849 | Perform a wild match if WILD_MATCH is set. |
| 3850 | ENCODED should be set if TEXT represents the start of a symbol name |
| 3851 | in its encoded form. */ |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | static const char * |
| 3854 | symbol_completion_match (const char *sym_name, |
| 3855 | const char *text, int text_len, |
| 3856 | int wild_match, int encoded) |
| 3857 | { |
| 3858 | char *result; |
| 3859 | const int verbatim_match = (text[0] == '<'); |
| 3860 | int match = 0; |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | if (verbatim_match) |
| 3863 | { |
| 3864 | /* Strip the leading angle bracket. */ |
| 3865 | text = text + 1; |
| 3866 | text_len--; |
| 3867 | } |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | /* First, test against the fully qualified name of the symbol. */ |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | if (strncmp (sym_name, text, text_len) == 0) |
| 3872 | match = 1; |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | if (match && !encoded) |
| 3875 | { |
| 3876 | /* One needed check before declaring a positive match is to verify |
| 3877 | that iff we are doing a verbatim match, the decoded version |
| 3878 | of the symbol name starts with '<'. Otherwise, this symbol name |
| 3879 | is not a suitable completion. */ |
| 3880 | const char *sym_name_copy = sym_name; |
| 3881 | int has_angle_bracket; |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | sym_name = ada_decode (sym_name); |
| 3884 | has_angle_bracket = (sym_name [0] == '<'); |
| 3885 | match = (has_angle_bracket == verbatim_match); |
| 3886 | sym_name = sym_name_copy; |
| 3887 | } |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | if (match && !verbatim_match) |
| 3890 | { |
| 3891 | /* When doing non-verbatim match, another check that needs to |
| 3892 | be done is to verify that the potentially matching symbol name |
| 3893 | does not include capital letters, because the ada-mode would |
| 3894 | not be able to understand these symbol names without the |
| 3895 | angle bracket notation. */ |
| 3896 | const char *tmp; |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | for (tmp = sym_name; *tmp != '\0' && !isupper (*tmp); tmp++); |
| 3899 | if (*tmp != '\0') |
| 3900 | match = 0; |
| 3901 | } |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | /* Second: Try wild matching... */ |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | if (!match && wild_match) |
| 3906 | { |
| 3907 | /* Since we are doing wild matching, this means that TEXT |
| 3908 | may represent an unqualified symbol name. We therefore must |
| 3909 | also compare TEXT against the unqualified name of the symbol. */ |
| 3910 | sym_name = ada_unqualified_name (ada_decode (sym_name)); |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | if (strncmp (sym_name, text, text_len) == 0) |
| 3913 | match = 1; |
| 3914 | } |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | /* Finally: If we found a mach, prepare the result to return. */ |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | if (!match) |
| 3919 | return NULL; |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | if (verbatim_match) |
| 3922 | sym_name = add_angle_brackets (sym_name); |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 | if (!encoded) |
| 3925 | sym_name = ada_decode (sym_name); |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | return sym_name; |
| 3928 | } |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | /* A companion function to ada_make_symbol_completion_list(). |
| 3931 | Check if SYM_NAME represents a symbol which name would be suitable |
| 3932 | to complete TEXT (TEXT_LEN is the length of TEXT), in which case |
| 3933 | it is appended at the end of the given string vector SV. |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | ORIG_TEXT is the string original string from the user command |
| 3936 | that needs to be completed. WORD is the entire command on which |
| 3937 | completion should be performed. These two parameters are used to |
| 3938 | determine which part of the symbol name should be added to the |
| 3939 | completion vector. |
| 3940 | if WILD_MATCH is set, then wild matching is performed. |
| 3941 | ENCODED should be set if TEXT represents a symbol name in its |
| 3942 | encoded formed (in which case the completion should also be |
| 3943 | encoded). */ |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | static void |
| 3946 | symbol_completion_add (struct string_vector *sv, |
| 3947 | const char *sym_name, |
| 3948 | const char *text, int text_len, |
| 3949 | const char *orig_text, const char *word, |
| 3950 | int wild_match, int encoded) |
| 3951 | { |
| 3952 | const char *match = symbol_completion_match (sym_name, text, text_len, |
| 3953 | wild_match, encoded); |
| 3954 | char *completion; |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | if (match == NULL) |
| 3957 | return; |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | /* We found a match, so add the appropriate completion to the given |
| 3960 | string vector. */ |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 | if (word == orig_text) |
| 3963 | { |
| 3964 | completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + 5); |
| 3965 | strcpy (completion, match); |
| 3966 | } |
| 3967 | else if (word > orig_text) |
| 3968 | { |
| 3969 | /* Return some portion of sym_name. */ |
| 3970 | completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + 5); |
| 3971 | strcpy (completion, match + (word - orig_text)); |
| 3972 | } |
| 3973 | else |
| 3974 | { |
| 3975 | /* Return some of ORIG_TEXT plus sym_name. */ |
| 3976 | completion = xmalloc (strlen (match) + (orig_text - word) + 5); |
| 3977 | strncpy (completion, word, orig_text - word); |
| 3978 | completion[orig_text - word] = '\0'; |
| 3979 | strcat (completion, match); |
| 3980 | } |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | string_vector_append (sv, completion); |
| 3983 | } |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | /* Return a list of possible symbol names completing TEXT0. The list |
| 3986 | is NULL terminated. WORD is the entire command on which completion |
| 3987 | is made. */ |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | char ** |
| 3990 | ada_make_symbol_completion_list (const char *text0, const char *word) |
| 3991 | { |
| 3992 | /* Note: This function is almost a copy of make_symbol_completion_list(), |
| 3993 | except it has been adapted for Ada. It is somewhat of a shame to |
| 3994 | duplicate so much code, but we don't really have the infrastructure |
| 3995 | yet to develop a language-aware version of he symbol completer... */ |
| 3996 | char *text; |
| 3997 | int text_len; |
| 3998 | int wild_match; |
| 3999 | int encoded; |
| 4000 | struct string_vector result = xnew_string_vector (128); |
| 4001 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 4002 | struct symtab *s; |
| 4003 | struct partial_symtab *ps; |
| 4004 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 4005 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4006 | struct block *b, *surrounding_static_block = 0; |
| 4007 | int i; |
| 4008 | struct dict_iterator iter; |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | if (text0[0] == '<') |
| 4011 | { |
| 4012 | text = xstrdup (text0); |
| 4013 | make_cleanup (xfree, text); |
| 4014 | text_len = strlen (text); |
| 4015 | wild_match = 0; |
| 4016 | encoded = 1; |
| 4017 | } |
| 4018 | else |
| 4019 | { |
| 4020 | text = xstrdup (ada_encode (text0)); |
| 4021 | make_cleanup (xfree, text); |
| 4022 | text_len = strlen (text); |
| 4023 | for (i = 0; i < text_len; i++) |
| 4024 | text[i] = tolower (text[i]); |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2003-09-17: When we get rid of ADA_RETAIN_DOTS, |
| 4027 | we can restrict the wild_match check to searching "__" only. */ |
| 4028 | wild_match = (strstr (text0, "__") == NULL |
| 4029 | && strchr (text0, '.') == NULL); |
| 4030 | encoded = (strstr (text0, "__") != NULL); |
| 4031 | } |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | /* First, look at the partial symtab symbols. */ |
| 4034 | ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps) |
| 4035 | { |
| 4036 | struct partial_symbol **psym; |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | /* If the psymtab's been read in we'll get it when we search |
| 4039 | through the blockvector. */ |
| 4040 | if (ps->readin) |
| 4041 | continue; |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | for (psym = objfile->global_psymbols.list + ps->globals_offset; |
| 4044 | psym < (objfile->global_psymbols.list + ps->globals_offset |
| 4045 | + ps->n_global_syms); |
| 4046 | psym++) |
| 4047 | { |
| 4048 | QUIT; |
| 4049 | symbol_completion_add (&result, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (*psym), |
| 4050 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 4051 | wild_match, encoded); |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | for (psym = objfile->static_psymbols.list + ps->statics_offset; |
| 4055 | psym < (objfile->static_psymbols.list + ps->statics_offset |
| 4056 | + ps->n_static_syms); |
| 4057 | psym++) |
| 4058 | { |
| 4059 | QUIT; |
| 4060 | symbol_completion_add (&result, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (*psym), |
| 4061 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 4062 | wild_match, encoded); |
| 4063 | } |
| 4064 | } |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 | /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each |
| 4067 | symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore |
| 4068 | anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be |
| 4069 | handled by the psymtab code above). */ |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 4072 | { |
| 4073 | QUIT; |
| 4074 | symbol_completion_add (&result, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), |
| 4075 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 4076 | wild_match, encoded); |
| 4077 | } |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can |
| 4080 | complete on local vars. */ |
| 4081 | |
| 4082 | for (b = get_selected_block (0); b != NULL; b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)) |
| 4083 | { |
| 4084 | if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)) |
| 4085 | surrounding_static_block = b; /* For elmin of dups */ |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 4088 | { |
| 4089 | symbol_completion_add (&result, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), |
| 4090 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 4091 | wild_match, encoded); |
| 4092 | } |
| 4093 | } |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | /* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for |
| 4096 | symbols which match. */ |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 4099 | { |
| 4100 | QUIT; |
| 4101 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 4102 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 4103 | { |
| 4104 | symbol_completion_add (&result, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), |
| 4105 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 4106 | wild_match, encoded); |
| 4107 | } |
| 4108 | } |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 4111 | { |
| 4112 | QUIT; |
| 4113 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 4114 | /* Don't do this block twice. */ |
| 4115 | if (b == surrounding_static_block) |
| 4116 | continue; |
| 4117 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 4118 | { |
| 4119 | symbol_completion_add (&result, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), |
| 4120 | text, text_len, text0, word, |
| 4121 | wild_match, encoded); |
| 4122 | } |
| 4123 | } |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | /* Append the closing NULL entry. */ |
| 4126 | string_vector_append (&result, NULL); |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | return (result.array); |
| 4129 | } |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 | /* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME in given namespace. |
| 4132 | Check the global symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not. |
| 4133 | Do wild-card match if WILD. */ |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 | static struct partial_symbol * |
| 4136 | ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *name, |
| 4137 | int global, domain_enum namespace, int wild) |
| 4138 | { |
| 4139 | struct partial_symbol **start; |
| 4140 | int name_len = strlen (name); |
| 4141 | int length = (global ? pst->n_global_syms : pst->n_static_syms); |
| 4142 | int i; |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | if (length == 0) |
| 4145 | { |
| 4146 | return (NULL); |
| 4147 | } |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 | start = (global ? |
| 4150 | pst->objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset : |
| 4151 | pst->objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset); |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | if (wild) |
| 4154 | { |
| 4155 | for (i = 0; i < length; i += 1) |
| 4156 | { |
| 4157 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i]; |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == namespace && |
| 4160 | wild_match (name, name_len, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym))) |
| 4161 | return psym; |
| 4162 | } |
| 4163 | return NULL; |
| 4164 | } |
| 4165 | else |
| 4166 | { |
| 4167 | if (global) |
| 4168 | { |
| 4169 | int U; |
| 4170 | i = 0; |
| 4171 | U = length - 1; |
| 4172 | while (U - i > 4) |
| 4173 | { |
| 4174 | int M = (U + i) >> 1; |
| 4175 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M]; |
| 4176 | if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym)[0] < name[0]) |
| 4177 | i = M + 1; |
| 4178 | else if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym)[0] > name[0]) |
| 4179 | U = M - 1; |
| 4180 | else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym), name) < 0) |
| 4181 | i = M + 1; |
| 4182 | else |
| 4183 | U = M; |
| 4184 | } |
| 4185 | } |
| 4186 | else |
| 4187 | i = 0; |
| 4188 | |
| 4189 | while (i < length) |
| 4190 | { |
| 4191 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i]; |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == namespace) |
| 4194 | { |
| 4195 | int cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym), name_len); |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 4198 | { |
| 4199 | if (global) |
| 4200 | break; |
| 4201 | } |
| 4202 | else if (cmp == 0 |
| 4203 | && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym) |
| 4204 | + name_len)) |
| 4205 | return psym; |
| 4206 | } |
| 4207 | i += 1; |
| 4208 | } |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | if (global) |
| 4211 | { |
| 4212 | int U; |
| 4213 | i = 0; |
| 4214 | U = length - 1; |
| 4215 | while (U - i > 4) |
| 4216 | { |
| 4217 | int M = (U + i) >> 1; |
| 4218 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M]; |
| 4219 | if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym)[0] < '_') |
| 4220 | i = M + 1; |
| 4221 | else if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym)[0] > '_') |
| 4222 | U = M - 1; |
| 4223 | else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym), "_ada_") < 0) |
| 4224 | i = M + 1; |
| 4225 | else |
| 4226 | U = M; |
| 4227 | } |
| 4228 | } |
| 4229 | else |
| 4230 | i = 0; |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | while (i < length) |
| 4233 | { |
| 4234 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i]; |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == namespace) |
| 4237 | { |
| 4238 | int cmp; |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | cmp = (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym)[0]; |
| 4241 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 4242 | { |
| 4243 | cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym), 5); |
| 4244 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 4245 | cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym) + 5, |
| 4246 | name_len); |
| 4247 | } |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 4250 | { |
| 4251 | if (global) |
| 4252 | break; |
| 4253 | } |
| 4254 | else if (cmp == 0 |
| 4255 | && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym) |
| 4256 | + name_len + 5)) |
| 4257 | return psym; |
| 4258 | } |
| 4259 | i += 1; |
| 4260 | } |
| 4261 | } |
| 4262 | return NULL; |
| 4263 | } |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 | /* Find a symbol table containing symbol SYM or NULL if none. */ |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | static struct symtab * |
| 4268 | symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *sym) |
| 4269 | { |
| 4270 | struct symtab *s; |
| 4271 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4272 | struct block *b; |
| 4273 | struct symbol *tmp_sym; |
| 4274 | struct dict_iterator iter; |
| 4275 | int j; |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 4278 | { |
| 4279 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 4280 | { |
| 4281 | case LOC_CONST: |
| 4282 | case LOC_STATIC: |
| 4283 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 4284 | case LOC_REGISTER: |
| 4285 | case LOC_LABEL: |
| 4286 | case LOC_BLOCK: |
| 4287 | case LOC_CONST_BYTES: |
| 4288 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 4289 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym) |
| 4290 | return s; |
| 4291 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 4292 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym) |
| 4293 | return s; |
| 4294 | break; |
| 4295 | default: |
| 4296 | break; |
| 4297 | } |
| 4298 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 4299 | { |
| 4300 | case LOC_REGISTER: |
| 4301 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 4302 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 4303 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 4304 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 4305 | case LOC_LOCAL: |
| 4306 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 4307 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 4308 | case LOC_BASEREG: |
| 4309 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 4310 | case LOC_COMPUTED: |
| 4311 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 4312 | for (j = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK; |
| 4313 | j < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (BLOCKVECTOR (s)); j += 1) |
| 4314 | { |
| 4315 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), j); |
| 4316 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym) |
| 4317 | return s; |
| 4318 | } |
| 4319 | break; |
| 4320 | default: |
| 4321 | break; |
| 4322 | } |
| 4323 | } |
| 4324 | return NULL; |
| 4325 | } |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada decoding |
| 4328 | rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. Names |
| 4329 | prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__" is |
| 4330 | first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */ |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | struct minimal_symbol * |
| 4333 | ada_lookup_simple_minsym (const char *name) |
| 4334 | { |
| 4335 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4336 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 4337 | int wild_match; |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | if (strncmp (name, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0) |
| 4340 | { |
| 4341 | name += sizeof ("standard__") - 1; |
| 4342 | wild_match = 0; |
| 4343 | } |
| 4344 | else |
| 4345 | wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL); |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 4348 | { |
| 4349 | if (ada_match_name (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match) |
| 4350 | && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline) |
| 4351 | return msymbol; |
| 4352 | } |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 | return NULL; |
| 4355 | } |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | /* Return up minimal symbol for NAME, folded and encoded according to |
| 4358 | Ada conventions, or NULL if none. The last two arguments are ignored. */ |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | static struct minimal_symbol * |
| 4361 | ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (const char *name, const char *sfile, |
| 4362 | struct objfile *objf) |
| 4363 | { |
| 4364 | return ada_lookup_simple_minsym (ada_encode (name)); |
| 4365 | } |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the |
| 4368 | selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN |
| 4369 | and their blocks to the list of data in OBSTACKP, as for |
| 4370 | ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a |
| 4371 | wildcard prefix. */ |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | static void |
| 4374 | add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 4375 | const char *name, domain_enum namespace, |
| 4376 | int wild_match) |
| 4377 | { |
| 4378 | #ifdef HAVE_ADD_SYMBOLS_FROM_ENCLOSING_PROCS |
| 4379 | /* Use a heuristic to find the frames of enclosing subprograms: treat the |
| 4380 | pointer-sized value at location 0 from the local-variable base of a |
| 4381 | frame as a static link, and then search up the call stack for a |
| 4382 | frame with that same local-variable base. */ |
| 4383 | static struct symbol static_link_sym; |
| 4384 | static struct symbol *static_link; |
| 4385 | struct value *target_link_val; |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 4388 | struct frame_info *frame; |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | if (! target_has_stack) |
| 4391 | return; |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | if (static_link == NULL) |
| 4394 | { |
| 4395 | /* Initialize the local variable symbol that stands for the |
| 4396 | static link (when there is one). */ |
| 4397 | static_link = &static_link_sym; |
| 4398 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (static_link) = ""; |
| 4399 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (static_link) = language_unknown; |
| 4400 | SYMBOL_CLASS (static_link) = LOC_LOCAL; |
| 4401 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (static_link) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 4402 | SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link) = lookup_pointer_type (builtin_type_void); |
| 4403 | SYMBOL_VALUE (static_link) = |
| 4404 | -(long) TYPE_LENGTH (SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link)); |
| 4405 | } |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | frame = get_selected_frame (); |
| 4408 | if (frame == NULL |
| 4409 | || inside_main_func (get_frame_address_in_block (frame))) |
| 4410 | return; |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | target_link_val = read_var_value (static_link, frame); |
| 4413 | while (target_link_val != NULL |
| 4414 | && num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0 |
| 4415 | && frame_relative_level (frame) <= MAX_ENCLOSING_FRAME_LEVELS) |
| 4416 | { |
| 4417 | CORE_ADDR target_link = value_as_address (target_link_val); |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | frame = get_prev_frame (frame); |
| 4420 | if (frame == NULL) |
| 4421 | break; |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 | if (get_frame_locals_address (frame) == target_link) |
| 4424 | { |
| 4425 | struct block *block; |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | QUIT; |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | block = get_frame_block (frame, 0); |
| 4430 | while (block != NULL && block_function (block) != NULL |
| 4431 | && num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0) |
| 4432 | { |
| 4433 | QUIT; |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 | ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp, block, name, namespace, |
| 4436 | NULL, NULL, wild_match); |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 4439 | } |
| 4440 | } |
| 4441 | } |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4444 | #endif |
| 4445 | } |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol |
| 4448 | for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */ |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | static int |
| 4451 | is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type) |
| 4452 | { |
| 4453 | char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 4454 | return (name != NULL && strcmp (name, "<variable, no debug info>") == 0); |
| 4455 | } |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely |
| 4458 | duplicate other symbols in the list (The only case I know of where |
| 4459 | this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are |
| 4460 | linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no |
| 4461 | debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted entries. |
| 4462 | Returns the number of items in the modified list. */ |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 | static int |
| 4465 | remove_extra_symbols (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, int nsyms) |
| 4466 | { |
| 4467 | int i, j; |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | i = 0; |
| 4470 | while (i < nsyms) |
| 4471 | { |
| 4472 | if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym) != NULL |
| 4473 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == LOC_STATIC |
| 4474 | && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].sym))) |
| 4475 | { |
| 4476 | for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1) |
| 4477 | { |
| 4478 | if (i != j |
| 4479 | && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym) != NULL |
| 4480 | && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[i].sym), |
| 4481 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms[j].sym)) == 0 |
| 4482 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].sym) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j].sym) |
| 4483 | && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i].sym) |
| 4484 | == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j].sym)) |
| 4485 | { |
| 4486 | int k; |
| 4487 | for (k = i + 1; k < nsyms; k += 1) |
| 4488 | syms[k - 1] = syms[k]; |
| 4489 | nsyms -= 1; |
| 4490 | goto NextSymbol; |
| 4491 | } |
| 4492 | } |
| 4493 | } |
| 4494 | i += 1; |
| 4495 | NextSymbol: |
| 4496 | ; |
| 4497 | } |
| 4498 | return nsyms; |
| 4499 | } |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | /* Given a type that corresponds to a renaming entity, use the type name |
| 4502 | to extract the scope (package name or function name, fully qualified, |
| 4503 | and following the GNAT encoding convention) where this renaming has been |
| 4504 | defined. The string returned needs to be deallocated after use. */ |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | static char * |
| 4507 | xget_renaming_scope (struct type *renaming_type) |
| 4508 | { |
| 4509 | /* The renaming types adhere to the following convention: |
| 4510 | <scope>__<rename>___<XR extension>. |
| 4511 | So, to extract the scope, we search for the "___XR" extension, |
| 4512 | and then backtrack until we find the first "__". */ |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 | const char *name = type_name_no_tag (renaming_type); |
| 4515 | char *suffix = strstr (name, "___XR"); |
| 4516 | char *last; |
| 4517 | int scope_len; |
| 4518 | char *scope; |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | /* Now, backtrack a bit until we find the first "__". Start looking |
| 4521 | at suffix - 3, as the <rename> part is at least one character long. */ |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 | for (last = suffix - 3; last > name; last--) |
| 4524 | if (last[0] == '_' && last[1] == '_') |
| 4525 | break; |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | /* Make a copy of scope and return it. */ |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | scope_len = last - name; |
| 4530 | scope = (char *) xmalloc ((scope_len + 1) * sizeof (char)); |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | strncpy (scope, name, scope_len); |
| 4533 | scope[scope_len] = '\0'; |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | return scope; |
| 4536 | } |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | /* Return nonzero if NAME corresponds to a package name. */ |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 | static int |
| 4541 | is_package_name (const char *name) |
| 4542 | { |
| 4543 | /* Here, We take advantage of the fact that no symbols are generated |
| 4544 | for packages, while symbols are generated for each function. |
| 4545 | So the condition for NAME represent a package becomes equivalent |
| 4546 | to NAME not existing in our list of symbols. There is only one |
| 4547 | small complication with library-level functions (see below). */ |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | char *fun_name; |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | /* If it is a function that has not been defined at library level, |
| 4552 | then we should be able to look it up in the symbols. */ |
| 4553 | if (standard_lookup (name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN) != NULL) |
| 4554 | return 0; |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | /* Library-level function names start with "_ada_". See if function |
| 4557 | "_ada_" followed by NAME can be found. */ |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | /* Do a quick check that NAME does not contain "__", since library-level |
| 4560 | functions names can not contain "__" in them. */ |
| 4561 | if (strstr (name, "__") != NULL) |
| 4562 | return 0; |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | fun_name = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 5 + 1); |
| 4565 | xasprintf (&fun_name, "_ada_%s", name); |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 | return (standard_lookup (fun_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN) == NULL); |
| 4568 | } |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 | /* Return nonzero if SYM corresponds to a renaming entity that is |
| 4571 | visible from FUNCTION_NAME. */ |
| 4572 | |
| 4573 | static int |
| 4574 | renaming_is_visible (const struct symbol *sym, char *function_name) |
| 4575 | { |
| 4576 | char *scope = xget_renaming_scope (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | make_cleanup (xfree, scope); |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 | /* If the rename has been defined in a package, then it is visible. */ |
| 4581 | if (is_package_name (scope)) |
| 4582 | return 1; |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | /* Check that the rename is in the current function scope by checking |
| 4585 | that its name starts with SCOPE. */ |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | /* If the function name starts with "_ada_", it means that it is |
| 4588 | a library-level function. Strip this prefix before doing the |
| 4589 | comparison, as the encoding for the renaming does not contain |
| 4590 | this prefix. */ |
| 4591 | if (strncmp (function_name, "_ada_", 5) == 0) |
| 4592 | function_name += 5; |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | return (strncmp (function_name, scope, strlen (scope)) == 0); |
| 4595 | } |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | /* Iterates over the SYMS list and remove any entry that corresponds to |
| 4598 | a renaming entity that is not visible from the function associated |
| 4599 | with CURRENT_BLOCK. |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | Rationale: |
| 4602 | GNAT emits a type following a specified encoding for each renaming |
| 4603 | entity. Unfortunately, STABS currently does not support the definition |
| 4604 | of types that are local to a given lexical block, so all renamings types |
| 4605 | are emitted at library level. As a consequence, if an application |
| 4606 | contains two renaming entities using the same name, and a user tries to |
| 4607 | print the value of one of these entities, the result of the ada symbol |
| 4608 | lookup will also contain the wrong renaming type. |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 | This function partially covers for this limitation by attempting to |
| 4611 | remove from the SYMS list renaming symbols that should be visible |
| 4612 | from CURRENT_BLOCK. However, there does not seem be a 100% reliable |
| 4613 | method with the current information available. The implementation |
| 4614 | below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12): |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | - When the user tries to print a rename in a function while there |
| 4617 | is another rename entity defined in a package: Normally, the |
| 4618 | rename in the function has precedence over the rename in the |
| 4619 | package, so the latter should be removed from the list. This is |
| 4620 | currently not the case. |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | - This function will incorrectly remove valid renames if |
| 4623 | the CURRENT_BLOCK corresponds to a function which symbol name |
| 4624 | has been changed by an "Export" pragma. As a consequence, |
| 4625 | the user will be unable to print such rename entities. */ |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | static int |
| 4628 | remove_out_of_scope_renamings (struct ada_symbol_info *syms, |
| 4629 | int nsyms, |
| 4630 | struct block *current_block) |
| 4631 | { |
| 4632 | struct symbol *current_function; |
| 4633 | char *current_function_name; |
| 4634 | int i; |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | /* Extract the function name associated to CURRENT_BLOCK. |
| 4637 | Abort if unable to do so. */ |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 | if (current_block == NULL) |
| 4640 | return nsyms; |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | current_function = block_function (current_block); |
| 4643 | if (current_function == NULL) |
| 4644 | return nsyms; |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | current_function_name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (current_function); |
| 4647 | if (current_function_name == NULL) |
| 4648 | return nsyms; |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 | /* Check each of the symbols, and remove it from the list if it is |
| 4651 | a type corresponding to a renaming that is out of the scope of |
| 4652 | the current block. */ |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | i = 0; |
| 4655 | while (i < nsyms) |
| 4656 | { |
| 4657 | if (ada_is_object_renaming (syms[i].sym) |
| 4658 | && !renaming_is_visible (syms[i].sym, current_function_name)) |
| 4659 | { |
| 4660 | int j; |
| 4661 | for (j = i + 1; j < nsyms; j++) |
| 4662 | syms[j - 1] = syms[j]; |
| 4663 | nsyms -= 1; |
| 4664 | } |
| 4665 | else |
| 4666 | i += 1; |
| 4667 | } |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | return nsyms; |
| 4670 | } |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME0, in BLOCK0 and enclosing |
| 4673 | scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets |
| 4674 | *RESULTS to point to a vector of (SYM,BLOCK,SYMTAB) triples, |
| 4675 | indicating the symbols found and the blocks and symbol tables (if |
| 4676 | any) in which they were found. This vector are transient---good only to |
| 4677 | the next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral |
| 4678 | symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0, |
| 4679 | is the one match returned (no other matches in that or |
| 4680 | enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or |
| 4681 | surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. Otherwise, the |
| 4682 | search extends to global and file-scope (static) symbol tables. |
| 4683 | Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__" |
| 4684 | is first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */ |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | int |
| 4687 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name0, const struct block *block0, |
| 4688 | domain_enum namespace, |
| 4689 | struct ada_symbol_info **results) |
| 4690 | { |
| 4691 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 4692 | struct symtab *s; |
| 4693 | struct partial_symtab *ps; |
| 4694 | struct blockvector *bv; |
| 4695 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4696 | struct block *block; |
| 4697 | const char *name; |
| 4698 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 4699 | int wild_match; |
| 4700 | int cacheIfUnique; |
| 4701 | int block_depth; |
| 4702 | int ndefns; |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 | obstack_free (&symbol_list_obstack, NULL); |
| 4705 | obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack); |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 | cacheIfUnique = 0; |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 | /* Search specified block and its superiors. */ |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 | wild_match = (strstr (name0, "__") == NULL); |
| 4712 | name = name0; |
| 4713 | block = (struct block *) block0; /* FIXME: No cast ought to be |
| 4714 | needed, but adding const will |
| 4715 | have a cascade effect. */ |
| 4716 | if (strncmp (name0, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0) |
| 4717 | { |
| 4718 | wild_match = 0; |
| 4719 | block = NULL; |
| 4720 | name = name0 + sizeof ("standard__") - 1; |
| 4721 | } |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | block_depth = 0; |
| 4724 | while (block != NULL) |
| 4725 | { |
| 4726 | block_depth += 1; |
| 4727 | ada_add_block_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, block, name, |
| 4728 | namespace, NULL, NULL, wild_match); |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */ |
| 4731 | if (is_nonfunction (defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack, 0), |
| 4732 | num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack))) |
| 4733 | goto done; |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | /* If no luck so far, try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically |
| 4739 | enclosing subprogram. */ |
| 4740 | if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack) == 0 && block_depth > 2) |
| 4741 | add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (&symbol_list_obstack, |
| 4742 | name, namespace, wild_match); |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | /* If we found ANY matches among non-global symbols, we're done. */ |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack) > 0) |
| 4747 | goto done; |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | cacheIfUnique = 1; |
| 4750 | if (lookup_cached_symbol (name0, namespace, &sym, &block, &s)) |
| 4751 | { |
| 4752 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 4753 | add_defn_to_vec (&symbol_list_obstack, sym, block, s); |
| 4754 | goto done; |
| 4755 | } |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | /* Now add symbols from all global blocks: symbol tables, minimal symbol |
| 4758 | tables, and psymtab's. */ |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 4761 | { |
| 4762 | QUIT; |
| 4763 | if (!s->primary) |
| 4764 | continue; |
| 4765 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 4766 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 4767 | ada_add_block_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, block, name, namespace, |
| 4768 | objfile, s, wild_match); |
| 4769 | } |
| 4770 | |
| 4771 | if (namespace == VAR_DOMAIN) |
| 4772 | { |
| 4773 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 4774 | { |
| 4775 | if (ada_match_name (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match)) |
| 4776 | { |
| 4777 | switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol)) |
| 4778 | { |
| 4779 | case mst_solib_trampoline: |
| 4780 | break; |
| 4781 | default: |
| 4782 | s = find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)); |
| 4783 | if (s != NULL) |
| 4784 | { |
| 4785 | int ndefns0 = num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack); |
| 4786 | QUIT; |
| 4787 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 4788 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 4789 | ada_add_block_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, block, |
| 4790 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), |
| 4791 | namespace, objfile, s, wild_match); |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 | if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack) == ndefns0) |
| 4794 | { |
| 4795 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 4796 | ada_add_block_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, block, |
| 4797 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), |
| 4798 | namespace, objfile, s, |
| 4799 | wild_match); |
| 4800 | } |
| 4801 | } |
| 4802 | } |
| 4803 | } |
| 4804 | } |
| 4805 | } |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps) |
| 4808 | { |
| 4809 | QUIT; |
| 4810 | if (!ps->readin |
| 4811 | && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, namespace, wild_match)) |
| 4812 | { |
| 4813 | s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps); |
| 4814 | if (!s->primary) |
| 4815 | continue; |
| 4816 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 4817 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 4818 | ada_add_block_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, block, name, |
| 4819 | namespace, objfile, s, wild_match); |
| 4820 | } |
| 4821 | } |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits |
| 4824 | (Not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error). |
| 4825 | Do the symtabs first, then check the psymtabs. */ |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack) == 0) |
| 4828 | { |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 4831 | { |
| 4832 | QUIT; |
| 4833 | if (!s->primary) |
| 4834 | continue; |
| 4835 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 4836 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 4837 | ada_add_block_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, block, name, namespace, |
| 4838 | objfile, s, wild_match); |
| 4839 | } |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps) |
| 4842 | { |
| 4843 | QUIT; |
| 4844 | if (!ps->readin |
| 4845 | && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, namespace, wild_match)) |
| 4846 | { |
| 4847 | s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps); |
| 4848 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 4849 | if (!s->primary) |
| 4850 | continue; |
| 4851 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 4852 | ada_add_block_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack, block, name, |
| 4853 | namespace, objfile, s, wild_match); |
| 4854 | } |
| 4855 | } |
| 4856 | } |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | done: |
| 4859 | ndefns = num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack); |
| 4860 | *results = defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack, 1); |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (*results, ndefns); |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 | if (ndefns == 0) |
| 4865 | cache_symbol (name0, namespace, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 | if (ndefns == 1 && cacheIfUnique) |
| 4868 | cache_symbol (name0, namespace, (*results)[0].sym, (*results)[0].block, |
| 4869 | (*results)[0].symtab); |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 | ndefns = remove_out_of_scope_renamings (*results, ndefns, |
| 4872 | (struct block *) block0); |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | return ndefns; |
| 4875 | } |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing |
| 4878 | scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded and |
| 4879 | encoded first. Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, |
| 4880 | but is disambiguated by user query if needed. *IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS is |
| 4881 | set to 0 and *SYMTAB is set to the symbol table in which the symbol |
| 4882 | was found (in both cases, these assignments occur only if the |
| 4883 | pointers are non-null). */ |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | struct symbol * |
| 4887 | ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block0, |
| 4888 | domain_enum namespace, int *is_a_field_of_this, |
| 4889 | struct symtab **symtab) |
| 4890 | { |
| 4891 | struct ada_symbol_info *candidates; |
| 4892 | int n_candidates; |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_encode (ada_fold_name (name)), |
| 4895 | block0, namespace, &candidates); |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | if (n_candidates == 0) |
| 4898 | return NULL; |
| 4899 | else if (n_candidates != 1) |
| 4900 | user_select_syms (candidates, n_candidates, 1); |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL) |
| 4903 | *is_a_field_of_this = 0; |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | if (symtab != NULL) |
| 4906 | { |
| 4907 | *symtab = candidates[0].symtab; |
| 4908 | if (*symtab == NULL && candidates[0].block != NULL) |
| 4909 | { |
| 4910 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4911 | struct symtab *s; |
| 4912 | struct block *b; |
| 4913 | struct blockvector *bv; |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | /* Search the list of symtabs for one which contains the |
| 4916 | address of the start of this block. */ |
| 4917 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 4918 | { |
| 4919 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 4920 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 4921 | if (BLOCK_START (b) <= BLOCK_START (candidates[0].block) |
| 4922 | && BLOCK_END (b) > BLOCK_START (candidates[0].block)) |
| 4923 | { |
| 4924 | *symtab = s; |
| 4925 | return fixup_symbol_section (candidates[0].sym, objfile); |
| 4926 | } |
| 4927 | return fixup_symbol_section (candidates[0].sym, NULL); |
| 4928 | } |
| 4929 | } |
| 4930 | } |
| 4931 | return candidates[0].sym; |
| 4932 | } |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | static struct symbol * |
| 4935 | ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const char *name, |
| 4936 | const char *linkage_name, |
| 4937 | const struct block *block, |
| 4938 | const domain_enum domain, |
| 4939 | struct symtab **symtab) |
| 4940 | { |
| 4941 | if (linkage_name == NULL) |
| 4942 | linkage_name = name; |
| 4943 | return ada_lookup_symbol (linkage_name, block_static_block (block), domain, |
| 4944 | NULL, symtab); |
| 4945 | } |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name |
| 4949 | that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel |
| 4950 | names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes |
| 4951 | are given by either of the regular expression: |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | (__[0-9]+)?\.[0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as Linux] |
| 4954 | ___[0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as HP/UX] |
| 4955 | (X[nb]*)?((\$|__)[0-9](_?[0-9]+)|___(LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$ |
| 4956 | */ |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | static int |
| 4959 | is_name_suffix (const char *str) |
| 4960 | { |
| 4961 | int k; |
| 4962 | const char *matching; |
| 4963 | const int len = strlen (str); |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | /* (__[0-9]+)?\.[0-9]+ */ |
| 4966 | matching = str; |
| 4967 | if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str[1] == '_' && isdigit (str[2])) |
| 4968 | { |
| 4969 | matching += 3; |
| 4970 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 4971 | matching += 1; |
| 4972 | if (matching[0] == '\0') |
| 4973 | return 1; |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | if (matching[0] == '.') |
| 4977 | { |
| 4978 | matching += 1; |
| 4979 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 4980 | matching += 1; |
| 4981 | if (matching[0] == '\0') |
| 4982 | return 1; |
| 4983 | } |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | /* ___[0-9]+ */ |
| 4986 | if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str[1] == '_' && str[2] == '_') |
| 4987 | { |
| 4988 | matching = str + 3; |
| 4989 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 4990 | matching += 1; |
| 4991 | if (matching[0] == '\0') |
| 4992 | return 1; |
| 4993 | } |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | /* ??? We should not modify STR directly, as we are doing below. This |
| 4996 | is fine in this case, but may become problematic later if we find |
| 4997 | that this alternative did not work, and want to try matching |
| 4998 | another one from the begining of STR. Since we modified it, we |
| 4999 | won't be able to find the begining of the string anymore! */ |
| 5000 | if (str[0] == 'X') |
| 5001 | { |
| 5002 | str += 1; |
| 5003 | while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0') |
| 5004 | { |
| 5005 | if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b') |
| 5006 | return 0; |
| 5007 | str += 1; |
| 5008 | } |
| 5009 | } |
| 5010 | if (str[0] == '\000') |
| 5011 | return 1; |
| 5012 | if (str[0] == '_') |
| 5013 | { |
| 5014 | if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000') |
| 5015 | return 0; |
| 5016 | if (str[2] == '_') |
| 5017 | { |
| 5018 | if (strcmp (str + 3, "LJM") == 0) |
| 5019 | return 1; |
| 5020 | if (str[3] != 'X') |
| 5021 | return 0; |
| 5022 | if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' || |
| 5023 | str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P') |
| 5024 | return 1; |
| 5025 | if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T') |
| 5026 | return 1; |
| 5027 | return 0; |
| 5028 | } |
| 5029 | if (!isdigit (str[2])) |
| 5030 | return 0; |
| 5031 | for (k = 3; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) |
| 5032 | if (!isdigit (str[k]) && str[k] != '_') |
| 5033 | return 0; |
| 5034 | return 1; |
| 5035 | } |
| 5036 | if (str[0] == '$' && isdigit (str[1])) |
| 5037 | { |
| 5038 | for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) |
| 5039 | if (!isdigit (str[k]) && str[k] != '_') |
| 5040 | return 0; |
| 5041 | return 1; |
| 5042 | } |
| 5043 | return 0; |
| 5044 | } |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | /* Return nonzero if the given string starts with a dot ('.') |
| 5047 | followed by zero or more digits. |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 | Note: brobecker/2003-11-10: A forward declaration has not been |
| 5050 | added at the begining of this file yet, because this function |
| 5051 | is only used to work around a problem found during wild matching |
| 5052 | when trying to match minimal symbol names against symbol names |
| 5053 | obtained from dwarf-2 data. This function is therefore currently |
| 5054 | only used in wild_match() and is likely to be deleted when the |
| 5055 | problem in dwarf-2 is fixed. */ |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | static int |
| 5058 | is_dot_digits_suffix (const char *str) |
| 5059 | { |
| 5060 | if (str[0] != '.') |
| 5061 | return 0; |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | str++; |
| 5064 | while (isdigit (str[0])) |
| 5065 | str++; |
| 5066 | return (str[0] == '\0'); |
| 5067 | } |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | /* True if NAME represents a name of the form A1.A2....An, n>=1 and |
| 5070 | PATN[0..PATN_LEN-1] = Ak.Ak+1.....An for some k >= 1. Ignores |
| 5071 | informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is |
| 5072 | true). */ |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 | static int |
| 5075 | wild_match (const char *patn0, int patn_len, const char *name0) |
| 5076 | { |
| 5077 | int name_len; |
| 5078 | char *name; |
| 5079 | char *patn; |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2003-11-10: For some reason, the symbol name |
| 5082 | stored in the symbol table for nested function names is sometimes |
| 5083 | different from the name of the associated entity stored in |
| 5084 | the dwarf-2 data: This is the case for nested subprograms, where |
| 5085 | the minimal symbol name contains a trailing ".[:digit:]+" suffix, |
| 5086 | while the symbol name from the dwarf-2 data does not. |
| 5087 | |
| 5088 | Although the DWARF-2 standard documents that entity names stored |
| 5089 | in the dwarf-2 data should be identical to the name as seen in |
| 5090 | the source code, GNAT takes a different approach as we already use |
| 5091 | a special encoding mechanism to convey the information so that |
| 5092 | a C debugger can still use the information generated to debug |
| 5093 | Ada programs. A corollary is that the symbol names in the dwarf-2 |
| 5094 | data should match the names found in the symbol table. I therefore |
| 5095 | consider this issue as a compiler defect. |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | Until the compiler is properly fixed, we work-around the problem |
| 5098 | by ignoring such suffixes during the match. We do so by making |
| 5099 | a copy of PATN0 and NAME0, and then by stripping such a suffix |
| 5100 | if present. We then perform the match on the resulting strings. */ |
| 5101 | { |
| 5102 | char *dot; |
| 5103 | name_len = strlen (name0); |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | name = (char *) alloca ((name_len + 1) * sizeof (char)); |
| 5106 | strcpy (name, name0); |
| 5107 | dot = strrchr (name, '.'); |
| 5108 | if (dot != NULL && is_dot_digits_suffix (dot)) |
| 5109 | *dot = '\0'; |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | patn = (char *) alloca ((patn_len + 1) * sizeof (char)); |
| 5112 | strncpy (patn, patn0, patn_len); |
| 5113 | patn[patn_len] = '\0'; |
| 5114 | dot = strrchr (patn, '.'); |
| 5115 | if (dot != NULL && is_dot_digits_suffix (dot)) |
| 5116 | { |
| 5117 | *dot = '\0'; |
| 5118 | patn_len = dot - patn; |
| 5119 | } |
| 5120 | } |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | /* Now perform the wild match. */ |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | name_len = strlen (name); |
| 5125 | if (name_len >= patn_len + 5 && strncmp (name, "_ada_", 5) == 0 |
| 5126 | && strncmp (patn, name + 5, patn_len) == 0 |
| 5127 | && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len + 5)) |
| 5128 | return 1; |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | while (name_len >= patn_len) |
| 5131 | { |
| 5132 | if (strncmp (patn, name, patn_len) == 0 |
| 5133 | && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len)) |
| 5134 | return 1; |
| 5135 | do |
| 5136 | { |
| 5137 | name += 1; |
| 5138 | name_len -= 1; |
| 5139 | } |
| 5140 | while (name_len > 0 |
| 5141 | && name[0] != '.' && (name[0] != '_' || name[1] != '_')); |
| 5142 | if (name_len <= 0) |
| 5143 | return 0; |
| 5144 | if (name[0] == '_') |
| 5145 | { |
| 5146 | if (!islower (name[2])) |
| 5147 | return 0; |
| 5148 | name += 2; |
| 5149 | name_len -= 2; |
| 5150 | } |
| 5151 | else |
| 5152 | { |
| 5153 | if (!islower (name[1])) |
| 5154 | return 0; |
| 5155 | name += 1; |
| 5156 | name_len -= 1; |
| 5157 | } |
| 5158 | } |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | return 0; |
| 5161 | } |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 | /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN to |
| 5165 | vector *defn_symbols, updating the list of symbols in OBSTACKP |
| 5166 | (if necessary). If WILD, treat as NAME with a wildcard prefix. |
| 5167 | OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. |
| 5168 | SYMTAB is recorded with each symbol added. */ |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | static void |
| 5171 | ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 5172 | struct block *block, const char *name, |
| 5173 | domain_enum domain, struct objfile *objfile, |
| 5174 | struct symtab *symtab, int wild) |
| 5175 | { |
| 5176 | struct dict_iterator iter; |
| 5177 | int name_len = strlen (name); |
| 5178 | /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */ |
| 5179 | struct symbol *arg_sym; |
| 5180 | /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol. */ |
| 5181 | int found_sym; |
| 5182 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 | arg_sym = NULL; |
| 5185 | found_sym = 0; |
| 5186 | if (wild) |
| 5187 | { |
| 5188 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5189 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym) |
| 5190 | { |
| 5191 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain && |
| 5192 | wild_match (name, name_len, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym))) |
| 5193 | { |
| 5194 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 5195 | { |
| 5196 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 5197 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 5198 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 5199 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 5200 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 5201 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 5202 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 5203 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 5204 | break; |
| 5205 | case LOC_UNRESOLVED: |
| 5206 | continue; |
| 5207 | default: |
| 5208 | found_sym = 1; |
| 5209 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5210 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 5211 | block, symtab); |
| 5212 | break; |
| 5213 | } |
| 5214 | } |
| 5215 | } |
| 5216 | } |
| 5217 | else |
| 5218 | { |
| 5219 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym) |
| 5220 | { |
| 5221 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain) |
| 5222 | { |
| 5223 | int cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), name_len); |
| 5224 | if (cmp == 0 |
| 5225 | && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym) + name_len)) |
| 5226 | { |
| 5227 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 5228 | { |
| 5229 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 5230 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 5231 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 5232 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 5233 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 5234 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 5235 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 5236 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 5237 | break; |
| 5238 | case LOC_UNRESOLVED: |
| 5239 | break; |
| 5240 | default: |
| 5241 | found_sym = 1; |
| 5242 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5243 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 5244 | block, symtab); |
| 5245 | break; |
| 5246 | } |
| 5247 | } |
| 5248 | } |
| 5249 | } |
| 5250 | } |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) |
| 5253 | { |
| 5254 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5255 | fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), |
| 5256 | block, symtab); |
| 5257 | } |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | if (!wild) |
| 5260 | { |
| 5261 | arg_sym = NULL; |
| 5262 | found_sym = 0; |
| 5263 | |
| 5264 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym) |
| 5265 | { |
| 5266 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain) |
| 5267 | { |
| 5268 | int cmp; |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | cmp = (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym)[0]; |
| 5271 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 5272 | { |
| 5273 | cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), 5); |
| 5274 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 5275 | cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym) + 5, |
| 5276 | name_len); |
| 5277 | } |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | if (cmp == 0 |
| 5280 | && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5)) |
| 5281 | { |
| 5282 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 5283 | { |
| 5284 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 5285 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 5286 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 5287 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 5288 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 5289 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 5290 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 5291 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 5292 | break; |
| 5293 | case LOC_UNRESOLVED: |
| 5294 | break; |
| 5295 | default: |
| 5296 | found_sym = 1; |
| 5297 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5298 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 5299 | block, symtab); |
| 5300 | break; |
| 5301 | } |
| 5302 | } |
| 5303 | } |
| 5304 | end_loop2: ; |
| 5305 | } |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols. |
| 5308 | They aren't parameters, right? */ |
| 5309 | if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) |
| 5310 | { |
| 5311 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 5312 | fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), |
| 5313 | block, symtab); |
| 5314 | } |
| 5315 | } |
| 5316 | } |
| 5317 | \f |
| 5318 | /* Breakpoint-related */ |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | /* Import message from symtab.c. */ |
| 5321 | extern char no_symtab_msg[]; |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 | /* Assuming that LINE is pointing at the beginning of an argument to |
| 5324 | 'break', return a pointer to the delimiter for the initial segment |
| 5325 | of that name. This is the first ':', ' ', or end of LINE. */ |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 | char * |
| 5328 | ada_start_decode_line_1 (char *line) |
| 5329 | { |
| 5330 | /* NOTE: strpbrk would be more elegant, but I am reluctant to be |
| 5331 | the first to use such a library function in GDB code. */ |
| 5332 | char *p; |
| 5333 | for (p = line; *p != '\000' && *p != ' ' && *p != ':'; p += 1) |
| 5334 | ; |
| 5335 | return p; |
| 5336 | } |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | /* *SPEC points to a function and line number spec (as in a break |
| 5339 | command), following any initial file name specification. |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | Return all symbol table/line specfications (sals) consistent with the |
| 5342 | information in *SPEC and FILE_TABLE in the following sense: |
| 5343 | + FILE_TABLE is null, or the sal refers to a line in the file |
| 5344 | named by FILE_TABLE. |
| 5345 | + If *SPEC points to an argument with a trailing ':LINENUM', |
| 5346 | then the sal refers to that line (or one following it as closely as |
| 5347 | possible). |
| 5348 | + If *SPEC does not start with '*', the sal is in a function with |
| 5349 | that name. |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 | Returns with 0 elements if no matching non-minimal symbols found. |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 | If *SPEC begins with a function name of the form <NAME>, then NAME |
| 5354 | is taken as a literal name; otherwise the function name is subject |
| 5355 | to the usual encoding. |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | *SPEC is updated to point after the function/line number specification. |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | FUNFIRSTLINE is non-zero if we desire the first line of real code |
| 5360 | in each function. |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | If CANONICAL is non-NULL, and if any of the sals require a |
| 5363 | 'canonical line spec', then *CANONICAL is set to point to an array |
| 5364 | of strings, corresponding to and equal in length to the returned |
| 5365 | list of sals, such that (*CANONICAL)[i] is non-null and contains a |
| 5366 | canonical line spec for the ith returned sal, if needed. If no |
| 5367 | canonical line specs are required and CANONICAL is non-null, |
| 5368 | *CANONICAL is set to NULL. |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | A 'canonical line spec' is simply a name (in the format of the |
| 5371 | breakpoint command) that uniquely identifies a breakpoint position, |
| 5372 | with no further contextual information or user selection. It is |
| 5373 | needed whenever the file name, function name, and line number |
| 5374 | information supplied is insufficient for this unique |
| 5375 | identification. Currently overloaded functions, the name '*', |
| 5376 | or static functions without a filename yield a canonical line spec. |
| 5377 | The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap; it |
| 5378 | is the caller's responsibility to free them. */ |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | struct symtabs_and_lines |
| 5381 | ada_finish_decode_line_1 (char **spec, struct symtab *file_table, |
| 5382 | int funfirstline, char ***canonical) |
| 5383 | { |
| 5384 | struct ada_symbol_info *symbols; |
| 5385 | const struct block *block; |
| 5386 | int n_matches, i, line_num; |
| 5387 | struct symtabs_and_lines selected; |
| 5388 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 5389 | char *name; |
| 5390 | int is_quoted; |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | int len; |
| 5393 | char *lower_name; |
| 5394 | char *unquoted_name; |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | if (file_table == NULL) |
| 5397 | block = block_static_block (get_selected_block (0)); |
| 5398 | else |
| 5399 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (file_table), STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | if (canonical != NULL) |
| 5402 | *canonical = (char **) NULL; |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 | is_quoted = (**spec && strchr (get_gdb_completer_quote_characters (), |
| 5405 | **spec) != NULL); |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | name = *spec; |
| 5408 | if (**spec == '*') |
| 5409 | *spec += 1; |
| 5410 | else |
| 5411 | { |
| 5412 | if (is_quoted) |
| 5413 | *spec = skip_quoted (*spec); |
| 5414 | while (**spec != '\000' && |
| 5415 | !strchr (ada_completer_word_break_characters, **spec)) |
| 5416 | *spec += 1; |
| 5417 | } |
| 5418 | len = *spec - name; |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | line_num = -1; |
| 5421 | if (file_table != NULL && (*spec)[0] == ':' && isdigit ((*spec)[1])) |
| 5422 | { |
| 5423 | line_num = strtol (*spec + 1, spec, 10); |
| 5424 | while (**spec == ' ' || **spec == '\t') |
| 5425 | *spec += 1; |
| 5426 | } |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 | if (name[0] == '*') |
| 5429 | { |
| 5430 | if (line_num == -1) |
| 5431 | error ("Wild-card function with no line number or file name."); |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | return ada_sals_for_line (file_table->filename, line_num, |
| 5434 | funfirstline, canonical, 0); |
| 5435 | } |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 | if (name[0] == '\'') |
| 5438 | { |
| 5439 | name += 1; |
| 5440 | len -= 2; |
| 5441 | } |
| 5442 | |
| 5443 | if (name[0] == '<') |
| 5444 | { |
| 5445 | unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len - 1); |
| 5446 | memcpy (unquoted_name, name + 1, len - 2); |
| 5447 | unquoted_name[len - 2] = '\000'; |
| 5448 | lower_name = NULL; |
| 5449 | } |
| 5450 | else |
| 5451 | { |
| 5452 | unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1); |
| 5453 | memcpy (unquoted_name, name, len); |
| 5454 | unquoted_name[len] = '\000'; |
| 5455 | lower_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1); |
| 5456 | for (i = 0; i < len; i += 1) |
| 5457 | lower_name[i] = tolower (name[i]); |
| 5458 | lower_name[len] = '\000'; |
| 5459 | } |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | n_matches = 0; |
| 5462 | if (lower_name != NULL) |
| 5463 | n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_encode (lower_name), block, |
| 5464 | VAR_DOMAIN, &symbols); |
| 5465 | if (n_matches == 0) |
| 5466 | n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (unquoted_name, block, |
| 5467 | VAR_DOMAIN, &symbols); |
| 5468 | if (n_matches == 0 && line_num >= 0) |
| 5469 | error ("No line number information found for %s.", unquoted_name); |
| 5470 | else if (n_matches == 0) |
| 5471 | { |
| 5472 | #ifdef HPPA_COMPILER_BUG |
| 5473 | /* FIXME: See comment in symtab.c::decode_line_1 */ |
| 5474 | #undef volatile |
| 5475 | volatile struct symtab_and_line val; |
| 5476 | #define volatile /*nothing */ |
| 5477 | #else |
| 5478 | struct symtab_and_line val; |
| 5479 | #endif |
| 5480 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | init_sal (&val); |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 | msymbol = NULL; |
| 5485 | if (lower_name != NULL) |
| 5486 | msymbol = ada_lookup_simple_minsym (ada_encode (lower_name)); |
| 5487 | if (msymbol == NULL) |
| 5488 | msymbol = ada_lookup_simple_minsym (unquoted_name); |
| 5489 | if (msymbol != NULL) |
| 5490 | { |
| 5491 | val.pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol); |
| 5492 | val.section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msymbol); |
| 5493 | if (funfirstline) |
| 5494 | { |
| 5495 | val.pc += FUNCTION_START_OFFSET; |
| 5496 | SKIP_PROLOGUE (val.pc); |
| 5497 | } |
| 5498 | selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) |
| 5499 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); |
| 5500 | selected.sals[0] = val; |
| 5501 | selected.nelts = 1; |
| 5502 | return selected; |
| 5503 | } |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | if (!have_full_symbols () && |
| 5506 | !have_partial_symbols () && !have_minimal_symbols ()) |
| 5507 | error ("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command."); |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | error ("Function \"%s\" not defined.", unquoted_name); |
| 5510 | return selected; /* for lint */ |
| 5511 | } |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | if (line_num >= 0) |
| 5514 | { |
| 5515 | struct symtabs_and_lines best_sal = |
| 5516 | find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (file_table->filename, line_num, |
| 5517 | symbols, n_matches); |
| 5518 | if (funfirstline) |
| 5519 | adjust_pc_past_prologue (&best_sal.sals[0].pc); |
| 5520 | return best_sal; |
| 5521 | } |
| 5522 | else |
| 5523 | { |
| 5524 | selected.nelts = |
| 5525 | user_select_syms (symbols, n_matches, n_matches); |
| 5526 | } |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) |
| 5529 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line) * selected.nelts); |
| 5530 | memset (selected.sals, 0, selected.nelts * sizeof (selected.sals[i])); |
| 5531 | make_cleanup (xfree, selected.sals); |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 | i = 0; |
| 5534 | while (i < selected.nelts) |
| 5535 | { |
| 5536 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[i].sym) == LOC_BLOCK) |
| 5537 | selected.sals[i] |
| 5538 | = find_function_start_sal (symbols[i].sym, funfirstline); |
| 5539 | else if (SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i].sym) != 0) |
| 5540 | { |
| 5541 | selected.sals[i].symtab = |
| 5542 | symbols[i].symtab |
| 5543 | ? symbols[i].symtab : symtab_for_sym (symbols[i].sym); |
| 5544 | selected.sals[i].line = SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i].sym); |
| 5545 | } |
| 5546 | else if (line_num >= 0) |
| 5547 | { |
| 5548 | /* Ignore this choice */ |
| 5549 | symbols[i] = symbols[selected.nelts - 1]; |
| 5550 | selected.nelts -= 1; |
| 5551 | continue; |
| 5552 | } |
| 5553 | else |
| 5554 | error ("Line number not known for symbol \"%s\"", unquoted_name); |
| 5555 | i += 1; |
| 5556 | } |
| 5557 | |
| 5558 | if (canonical != NULL && (line_num >= 0 || n_matches > 1)) |
| 5559 | { |
| 5560 | *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * selected.nelts); |
| 5561 | for (i = 0; i < selected.nelts; i += 1) |
| 5562 | (*canonical)[i] = |
| 5563 | extended_canonical_line_spec (selected.sals[i], |
| 5564 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbols[i].sym)); |
| 5565 | } |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 5568 | return selected; |
| 5569 | } |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 | /* The (single) sal corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table |
| 5572 | with file name FILENAME that occurs in one of the functions listed |
| 5573 | in the symbol fields of SYMBOLS[0 .. NSYMS-1]. */ |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | static struct symtabs_and_lines |
| 5576 | find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *filename, int line_num, |
| 5577 | struct ada_symbol_info *symbols, int nsyms) |
| 5578 | { |
| 5579 | struct symtabs_and_lines sals; |
| 5580 | int best_index, best; |
| 5581 | struct linetable *best_linetable; |
| 5582 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5583 | struct symtab *s; |
| 5584 | struct symtab *best_symtab; |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | read_all_symtabs (filename); |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 | best_index = 0; |
| 5589 | best_linetable = NULL; |
| 5590 | best_symtab = NULL; |
| 5591 | best = 0; |
| 5592 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 5593 | { |
| 5594 | struct linetable *l; |
| 5595 | int ind, exact; |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | QUIT; |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | if (strcmp (filename, s->filename) != 0) |
| 5600 | continue; |
| 5601 | l = LINETABLE (s); |
| 5602 | ind = find_line_in_linetable (l, line_num, symbols, nsyms, &exact); |
| 5603 | if (ind >= 0) |
| 5604 | { |
| 5605 | if (exact) |
| 5606 | { |
| 5607 | best_index = ind; |
| 5608 | best_linetable = l; |
| 5609 | best_symtab = s; |
| 5610 | goto done; |
| 5611 | } |
| 5612 | if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best) |
| 5613 | { |
| 5614 | best = l->item[ind].line; |
| 5615 | best_index = ind; |
| 5616 | best_linetable = l; |
| 5617 | best_symtab = s; |
| 5618 | } |
| 5619 | } |
| 5620 | } |
| 5621 | |
| 5622 | if (best == 0) |
| 5623 | error ("Line number not found in designated function."); |
| 5624 | |
| 5625 | done: |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | sals.nelts = 1; |
| 5628 | sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (sizeof (sals.sals[0])); |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | init_sal (&sals.sals[0]); |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | sals.sals[0].line = best_linetable->item[best_index].line; |
| 5633 | sals.sals[0].pc = best_linetable->item[best_index].pc; |
| 5634 | sals.sals[0].symtab = best_symtab; |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 | return sals; |
| 5637 | } |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 | /* Return the index in LINETABLE of the best match for LINE_NUM whose |
| 5640 | pc falls within one of the functions denoted by the symbol fields |
| 5641 | of SYMBOLS[0..NSYMS-1]. Set *EXACTP to 1 if the match is exact, |
| 5642 | and 0 otherwise. */ |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | static int |
| 5645 | find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num, |
| 5646 | struct ada_symbol_info *symbols, int nsyms, int *exactp) |
| 5647 | { |
| 5648 | int i, len, best_index, best; |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 | if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL) |
| 5651 | return -1; |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 | len = linetable->nitems; |
| 5654 | for (i = 0, best_index = -1, best = 0; i < len; i += 1) |
| 5655 | { |
| 5656 | int k; |
| 5657 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]); |
| 5658 | |
| 5659 | for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1) |
| 5660 | { |
| 5661 | if (symbols[k].sym != NULL |
| 5662 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[k].sym) == LOC_BLOCK |
| 5663 | && item->pc >= BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k].sym)) |
| 5664 | && item->pc < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k].sym))) |
| 5665 | goto candidate; |
| 5666 | } |
| 5667 | continue; |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 | candidate: |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | if (item->line == line_num) |
| 5672 | { |
| 5673 | *exactp = 1; |
| 5674 | return i; |
| 5675 | } |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 | if (item->line > line_num && (best == 0 || item->line < best)) |
| 5678 | { |
| 5679 | best = item->line; |
| 5680 | best_index = i; |
| 5681 | } |
| 5682 | } |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 | *exactp = 0; |
| 5685 | return best_index; |
| 5686 | } |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 | /* Find the smallest k >= LINE_NUM such that k is a line number in |
| 5689 | LINETABLE, and k falls strictly within a named function that begins at |
| 5690 | or before LINE_NUM. Return -1 if there is no such k. */ |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | static int |
| 5693 | nearest_line_number_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num) |
| 5694 | { |
| 5695 | int i, len, best; |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || linetable->nitems == 0) |
| 5698 | return -1; |
| 5699 | len = linetable->nitems; |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | i = 0; |
| 5702 | best = INT_MAX; |
| 5703 | while (i < len) |
| 5704 | { |
| 5705 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]); |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 | if (item->line >= line_num && item->line < best) |
| 5708 | { |
| 5709 | char *func_name; |
| 5710 | CORE_ADDR start, end; |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 | func_name = NULL; |
| 5713 | find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end); |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 | if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end) |
| 5716 | { |
| 5717 | if (item->line == line_num) |
| 5718 | return line_num; |
| 5719 | else |
| 5720 | { |
| 5721 | struct symbol *sym = |
| 5722 | standard_lookup (func_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 5723 | if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, line_num)) |
| 5724 | best = item->line; |
| 5725 | else |
| 5726 | { |
| 5727 | do |
| 5728 | i += 1; |
| 5729 | while (i < len && linetable->item[i].pc < end); |
| 5730 | continue; |
| 5731 | } |
| 5732 | } |
| 5733 | } |
| 5734 | } |
| 5735 | |
| 5736 | i += 1; |
| 5737 | } |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | return (best == INT_MAX) ? -1 : best; |
| 5740 | } |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | /* Return the next higher index, k, into LINETABLE such that k > IND, |
| 5744 | entry k in LINETABLE has a line number equal to LINE_NUM, k |
| 5745 | corresponds to a PC that is in a function different from that |
| 5746 | corresponding to IND, and falls strictly within a named function |
| 5747 | that begins at a line at or preceding STARTING_LINE. |
| 5748 | Return -1 if there is no such k. |
| 5749 | IND == -1 corresponds to no function. */ |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | static int |
| 5752 | find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num, |
| 5753 | int starting_line, int ind) |
| 5754 | { |
| 5755 | int i, len; |
| 5756 | |
| 5757 | if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || ind >= linetable->nitems) |
| 5758 | return -1; |
| 5759 | len = linetable->nitems; |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 | if (ind >= 0) |
| 5762 | { |
| 5763 | CORE_ADDR start, end; |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | if (find_pc_partial_function (linetable->item[ind].pc, |
| 5766 | (char **) NULL, &start, &end)) |
| 5767 | { |
| 5768 | while (ind < len && linetable->item[ind].pc < end) |
| 5769 | ind += 1; |
| 5770 | } |
| 5771 | else |
| 5772 | ind += 1; |
| 5773 | } |
| 5774 | else |
| 5775 | ind = 0; |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | i = ind; |
| 5778 | while (i < len) |
| 5779 | { |
| 5780 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]); |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | if (item->line >= line_num) |
| 5783 | { |
| 5784 | char *func_name; |
| 5785 | CORE_ADDR start, end; |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | func_name = NULL; |
| 5788 | find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end); |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 | if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end) |
| 5791 | { |
| 5792 | if (item->line == line_num) |
| 5793 | { |
| 5794 | struct symbol *sym = |
| 5795 | standard_lookup (func_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 5796 | if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, starting_line)) |
| 5797 | return i; |
| 5798 | else |
| 5799 | { |
| 5800 | while ((i + 1) < len && linetable->item[i + 1].pc < end) |
| 5801 | i += 1; |
| 5802 | } |
| 5803 | } |
| 5804 | } |
| 5805 | } |
| 5806 | i += 1; |
| 5807 | } |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 | return -1; |
| 5810 | } |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | /* True iff function symbol SYM starts somewhere at or before line # |
| 5813 | LINE_NUM. */ |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | static int |
| 5816 | is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *sym, int line_num) |
| 5817 | { |
| 5818 | struct symtab_and_line start_sal; |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 5821 | return 0; |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 | start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 0); |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | return (start_sal.line != 0 && line_num >= start_sal.line); |
| 5826 | } |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | /* Read in all symbol tables corresponding to partial symbol tables |
| 5829 | with file name FILENAME. */ |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | static void |
| 5832 | read_all_symtabs (const char *filename) |
| 5833 | { |
| 5834 | struct partial_symtab *ps; |
| 5835 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps) |
| 5838 | { |
| 5839 | QUIT; |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | if (strcmp (filename, ps->filename) == 0) |
| 5842 | PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps); |
| 5843 | } |
| 5844 | } |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | /* All sals corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table from file |
| 5847 | FILENAME, as filtered by the user. Filter out any lines that |
| 5848 | reside in functions with "suppressed" names (not corresponding to |
| 5849 | explicit Ada functions), if there is at least one in a function |
| 5850 | with a non-suppressed name. If CANONICAL is not null, set |
| 5851 | it to a corresponding array of canonical line specs. |
| 5852 | If ONE_LOCATION_ONLY is set and several matches are found for |
| 5853 | the given location, then automatically select the first match found |
| 5854 | instead of asking the user which instance should be returned. */ |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 | struct symtabs_and_lines |
| 5857 | ada_sals_for_line (const char *filename, int line_num, |
| 5858 | int funfirstline, char ***canonical, |
| 5859 | int one_location_only) |
| 5860 | { |
| 5861 | struct symtabs_and_lines result; |
| 5862 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5863 | struct symtab *s; |
| 5864 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 5865 | size_t len; |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 | read_all_symtabs (filename); |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | result.sals = |
| 5870 | (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (4 * sizeof (result.sals[0])); |
| 5871 | result.nelts = 0; |
| 5872 | len = 4; |
| 5873 | make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &result.sals); |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 5876 | { |
| 5877 | int ind, target_line_num; |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | QUIT; |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 | if (strcmp (s->filename, filename) != 0) |
| 5882 | continue; |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | target_line_num = |
| 5885 | nearest_line_number_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), line_num); |
| 5886 | if (target_line_num == -1) |
| 5887 | continue; |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | ind = -1; |
| 5890 | while (1) |
| 5891 | { |
| 5892 | ind = |
| 5893 | find_next_line_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), |
| 5894 | target_line_num, line_num, ind); |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 | if (ind < 0) |
| 5897 | break; |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 | GROW_VECT (result.sals, len, result.nelts + 1); |
| 5900 | init_sal (&result.sals[result.nelts]); |
| 5901 | result.sals[result.nelts].line = line_num; |
| 5902 | result.sals[result.nelts].pc = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].pc; |
| 5903 | result.sals[result.nelts].symtab = s; |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | if (funfirstline) |
| 5906 | adjust_pc_past_prologue (&result.sals[result.nelts].pc); |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | result.nelts += 1; |
| 5909 | } |
| 5910 | } |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | if (canonical != NULL || result.nelts > 1) |
| 5913 | { |
| 5914 | int k, j, n; |
| 5915 | char **func_names = (char **) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (char *)); |
| 5916 | int first_choice = (result.nelts > 1) ? 2 : 1; |
| 5917 | int *choices = (int *) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (int)); |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 | for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1) |
| 5920 | { |
| 5921 | find_pc_partial_function (result.sals[k].pc, &func_names[k], |
| 5922 | (CORE_ADDR *) NULL, (CORE_ADDR *) NULL); |
| 5923 | if (func_names[k] == NULL) |
| 5924 | error ("Could not find function for one or more breakpoints."); |
| 5925 | } |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | /* Remove suppressed names, unless all are suppressed. */ |
| 5928 | for (j = 0; j < result.nelts; j += 1) |
| 5929 | if (!is_suppressed_name (func_names[j])) |
| 5930 | { |
| 5931 | /* At least one name is unsuppressed, so remove all |
| 5932 | suppressed names. */ |
| 5933 | for (k = n = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1) |
| 5934 | if (!is_suppressed_name (func_names[k])) |
| 5935 | { |
| 5936 | func_names[n] = func_names[k]; |
| 5937 | result.sals[n] = result.sals[k]; |
| 5938 | n += 1; |
| 5939 | } |
| 5940 | result.nelts = n; |
| 5941 | break; |
| 5942 | } |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 | if (result.nelts > 1) |
| 5945 | { |
| 5946 | if (one_location_only) |
| 5947 | { |
| 5948 | /* Automatically select the first of all possible choices. */ |
| 5949 | n = 1; |
| 5950 | choices[0] = 0; |
| 5951 | } |
| 5952 | else |
| 5953 | { |
| 5954 | printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n"); |
| 5955 | if (result.nelts > 1) |
| 5956 | printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n"); |
| 5957 | for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1) |
| 5958 | printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s\n", k + first_choice, |
| 5959 | ada_decode (func_names[k])); |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | n = get_selections (choices, result.nelts, result.nelts, |
| 5962 | result.nelts > 1, "instance-choice"); |
| 5963 | } |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | for (k = 0; k < n; k += 1) |
| 5966 | { |
| 5967 | result.sals[k] = result.sals[choices[k]]; |
| 5968 | func_names[k] = func_names[choices[k]]; |
| 5969 | } |
| 5970 | result.nelts = n; |
| 5971 | } |
| 5972 | |
| 5973 | if (canonical != NULL && result.nelts == 0) |
| 5974 | *canonical = NULL; |
| 5975 | else if (canonical != NULL) |
| 5976 | { |
| 5977 | *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (result.nelts * sizeof (char **)); |
| 5978 | make_cleanup (xfree, *canonical); |
| 5979 | for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1) |
| 5980 | { |
| 5981 | (*canonical)[k] = |
| 5982 | extended_canonical_line_spec (result.sals[k], func_names[k]); |
| 5983 | if ((*canonical)[k] == NULL) |
| 5984 | error ("Could not locate one or more breakpoints."); |
| 5985 | make_cleanup (xfree, (*canonical)[k]); |
| 5986 | } |
| 5987 | } |
| 5988 | } |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | if (result.nelts == 0) |
| 5991 | { |
| 5992 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 5993 | result.sals = NULL; |
| 5994 | } |
| 5995 | else |
| 5996 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 5997 | return result; |
| 5998 | } |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | /* A canonical line specification of the form FILE:NAME:LINENUM for |
| 6002 | symbol table and line data SAL. NULL if insufficient |
| 6003 | information. The caller is responsible for releasing any space |
| 6004 | allocated. */ |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | static char * |
| 6007 | extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line sal, const char *name) |
| 6008 | { |
| 6009 | char *r; |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 | if (sal.symtab == NULL || sal.symtab->filename == NULL || sal.line <= 0) |
| 6012 | return NULL; |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | r = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (sal.symtab->filename) |
| 6015 | + sizeof (sal.line) * 3 + 3); |
| 6016 | sprintf (r, "%s:'%s':%d", sal.symtab->filename, name, sal.line); |
| 6017 | return r; |
| 6018 | } |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 | /* If the main procedure is written in Ada, then return its name. |
| 6021 | The result is good until the next call. Return NULL if the main |
| 6022 | procedure doesn't appear to be in Ada. */ |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 | char * |
| 6025 | ada_main_name (void) |
| 6026 | { |
| 6027 | struct minimal_symbol *msym; |
| 6028 | CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr; |
| 6029 | static char main_program_name[1024]; |
| 6030 | /* For Ada, the name of the main procedure is stored in a specific |
| 6031 | string constant, generated by the binder. Look for that symbol, |
| 6032 | extract its address, and then read that string. If we didn't find |
| 6033 | that string, then most probably the main procedure is not written |
| 6034 | in Ada. */ |
| 6035 | msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL); |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | if (msym != NULL) |
| 6038 | { |
| 6039 | main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym); |
| 6040 | if (main_program_name_addr == 0) |
| 6041 | error ("Invalid address for Ada main program name."); |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | extract_string (main_program_name_addr, main_program_name); |
| 6044 | return main_program_name; |
| 6045 | } |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 | /* The main procedure doesn't seem to be in Ada. */ |
| 6048 | return NULL; |
| 6049 | } |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 | /* Return type of Ada breakpoint associated with bp_stat: |
| 6052 | 0 if not an Ada-specific breakpoint, 1 for break on specific exception, |
| 6053 | 2 for break on unhandled exception, 3 for assert. */ |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | static int |
| 6056 | ada_exception_breakpoint_type (bpstat bs) |
| 6057 | { |
| 6058 | #ifdef GNAT_GDB |
| 6059 | return ((! bs || ! bs->breakpoint_at) ? 0 |
| 6060 | : bs->breakpoint_at->break_on_exception); |
| 6061 | #else |
| 6062 | return 0; |
| 6063 | #endif |
| 6064 | } |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | /* True iff FRAME is very likely to be that of a function that is |
| 6067 | part of the runtime system. This is all very heuristic, but is |
| 6068 | intended to be used as advice as to what frames are uninteresting |
| 6069 | to most users. */ |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | static int |
| 6072 | is_known_support_routine (struct frame_info *frame) |
| 6073 | { |
| 6074 | struct frame_info *next_frame = get_next_frame (frame); |
| 6075 | /* If frame is not innermost, that normally means that frame->pc |
| 6076 | points to *after* the call instruction, and we want to get the line |
| 6077 | containing the call, never the next line. But if the next frame is |
| 6078 | a signal_handler_caller or a dummy frame, then the next frame was |
| 6079 | not entered as the result of a call, and we want to get the line |
| 6080 | containing frame->pc. */ |
| 6081 | const int pc_is_after_call = |
| 6082 | next_frame != NULL |
| 6083 | && get_frame_type (next_frame) != SIGTRAMP_FRAME |
| 6084 | && get_frame_type (next_frame) != DUMMY_FRAME; |
| 6085 | struct symtab_and_line sal |
| 6086 | = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (frame), pc_is_after_call); |
| 6087 | char *func_name; |
| 6088 | int i; |
| 6089 | struct stat st; |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 | /* The heuristic: |
| 6092 | 1. The symtab is null (indicating no debugging symbols) |
| 6093 | 2. The symtab's filename does not exist. |
| 6094 | 3. The object file's name is one of the standard libraries. |
| 6095 | 4. The symtab's file name has the form of an Ada library source file. |
| 6096 | 5. The function at frame's PC has a GNAT-compiler-generated name. */ |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | if (sal.symtab == NULL) |
| 6099 | return 1; |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | /* On some systems (e.g. VxWorks), the kernel contains debugging |
| 6102 | symbols; in this case, the filename referenced by these symbols |
| 6103 | does not exists. */ |
| 6104 | |
| 6105 | if (stat (sal.symtab->filename, &st)) |
| 6106 | return 1; |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | for (i = 0; known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) |
| 6109 | { |
| 6110 | re_comp (known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i]); |
| 6111 | if (re_exec (sal.symtab->filename)) |
| 6112 | return 1; |
| 6113 | } |
| 6114 | if (sal.symtab->objfile != NULL) |
| 6115 | { |
| 6116 | for (i = 0; known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) |
| 6117 | { |
| 6118 | re_comp (known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i]); |
| 6119 | if (re_exec (sal.symtab->objfile->name)) |
| 6120 | return 1; |
| 6121 | } |
| 6122 | } |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 | /* If the frame PC points after the call instruction, then we need to |
| 6125 | decrement it in order to search for the function associated to this |
| 6126 | PC. Otherwise, if the associated call was the last instruction of |
| 6127 | the function, we might either find the wrong function or even fail |
| 6128 | during the function name lookup. */ |
| 6129 | if (pc_is_after_call) |
| 6130 | func_name = function_name_from_pc (get_frame_pc (frame) - 1); |
| 6131 | else |
| 6132 | func_name = function_name_from_pc (get_frame_pc (frame)); |
| 6133 | |
| 6134 | if (func_name == NULL) |
| 6135 | return 1; |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | for (i = 0; known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) |
| 6138 | { |
| 6139 | re_comp (known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[i]); |
| 6140 | if (re_exec (func_name)) |
| 6141 | return 1; |
| 6142 | } |
| 6143 | |
| 6144 | return 0; |
| 6145 | } |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | /* Find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not |
| 6148 | part of the Ada run-time, starting from FI and moving upward. */ |
| 6149 | |
| 6150 | void |
| 6151 | ada_find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi) |
| 6152 | { |
| 6153 | for (; fi != NULL; fi = get_prev_frame (fi)) |
| 6154 | { |
| 6155 | if (!is_known_support_routine (fi)) |
| 6156 | { |
| 6157 | select_frame (fi); |
| 6158 | break; |
| 6159 | } |
| 6160 | } |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 | } |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 | /* Name found for exception associated with last bpstat sent to |
| 6165 | ada_adjust_exception_stop. Set to the null string if that bpstat |
| 6166 | did not correspond to an Ada exception or no name could be found. */ |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | static char last_exception_name[256]; |
| 6169 | |
| 6170 | /* If BS indicates a stop in an Ada exception, try to go up to a frame |
| 6171 | that will be meaningful to the user, and save the name of the last |
| 6172 | exception (truncated, if necessary) in last_exception_name. */ |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 | void |
| 6175 | ada_adjust_exception_stop (bpstat bs) |
| 6176 | { |
| 6177 | CORE_ADDR addr; |
| 6178 | struct frame_info *fi; |
| 6179 | int frame_level; |
| 6180 | char *selected_frame_func; |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | addr = 0; |
| 6183 | last_exception_name[0] = '\0'; |
| 6184 | fi = get_selected_frame (); |
| 6185 | selected_frame_func = function_name_from_pc (get_frame_pc (fi)); |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | switch (ada_exception_breakpoint_type (bs)) |
| 6188 | { |
| 6189 | default: |
| 6190 | return; |
| 6191 | case 1: |
| 6192 | break; |
| 6193 | case 2: |
| 6194 | /* Unhandled exceptions. Select the frame corresponding to |
| 6195 | ada.exceptions.process_raise_exception. This frame is at |
| 6196 | least 2 levels up, so we simply skip the first 2 frames |
| 6197 | without checking the name of their associated function. */ |
| 6198 | for (frame_level = 0; frame_level < 2; frame_level += 1) |
| 6199 | if (fi != NULL) |
| 6200 | fi = get_prev_frame (fi); |
| 6201 | while (fi != NULL) |
| 6202 | { |
| 6203 | const char *func_name = function_name_from_pc (get_frame_pc (fi)); |
| 6204 | if (func_name != NULL |
| 6205 | && strcmp (func_name, process_raise_exception_name) == 0) |
| 6206 | break; /* We found the frame we were looking for... */ |
| 6207 | fi = get_prev_frame (fi); |
| 6208 | } |
| 6209 | if (fi == NULL) |
| 6210 | break; |
| 6211 | select_frame (fi); |
| 6212 | break; |
| 6213 | } |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | addr = parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name"); |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 | if (addr != 0) |
| 6218 | read_memory (addr, last_exception_name, |
| 6219 | sizeof (last_exception_name) - 1); |
| 6220 | last_exception_name[sizeof (last_exception_name) - 1] = '\0'; |
| 6221 | ada_find_printable_frame (get_selected_frame ()); |
| 6222 | } |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 | /* Output Ada exception name (if any) associated with last call to |
| 6225 | ada_adjust_exception_stop. */ |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | void |
| 6228 | ada_print_exception_stop (bpstat bs) |
| 6229 | { |
| 6230 | if (last_exception_name[0] != '\000') |
| 6231 | { |
| 6232 | ui_out_text (uiout, last_exception_name); |
| 6233 | ui_out_text (uiout, " at "); |
| 6234 | } |
| 6235 | } |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | /* Parses the CONDITION string associated with a breakpoint exception |
| 6238 | to get the name of the exception on which the breakpoint has been |
| 6239 | set. The returned string needs to be deallocated after use. */ |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 | static char * |
| 6242 | exception_name_from_cond (const char *condition) |
| 6243 | { |
| 6244 | char *start, *end, *exception_name; |
| 6245 | int exception_name_len; |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | start = strrchr (condition, '&') + 1; |
| 6248 | end = strchr (start, ')') - 1; |
| 6249 | exception_name_len = end - start + 1; |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 | exception_name = |
| 6252 | (char *) xmalloc ((exception_name_len + 1) * sizeof (char)); |
| 6253 | sprintf (exception_name, "%.*s", exception_name_len, start); |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 | return exception_name; |
| 6256 | } |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 | /* Print Ada-specific exception information about B, other than task |
| 6259 | clause. Return non-zero iff B was an Ada exception breakpoint. */ |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | int |
| 6262 | ada_print_exception_breakpoint_nontask (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 6263 | { |
| 6264 | #ifdef GNAT_GDB |
| 6265 | if (b->break_on_exception == 1) |
| 6266 | { |
| 6267 | if (b->cond_string) /* the breakpoint is on a specific exception. */ |
| 6268 | { |
| 6269 | char *exception_name = exception_name_from_cond (b->cond_string); |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | make_cleanup (xfree, exception_name); |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 | ui_out_text (uiout, "on "); |
| 6274 | if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| 6275 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception", exception_name); |
| 6276 | else |
| 6277 | { |
| 6278 | ui_out_text (uiout, "exception "); |
| 6279 | ui_out_text (uiout, exception_name); |
| 6280 | ui_out_text (uiout, " "); |
| 6281 | } |
| 6282 | } |
| 6283 | else |
| 6284 | ui_out_text (uiout, "on all exceptions"); |
| 6285 | } |
| 6286 | else if (b->break_on_exception == 2) |
| 6287 | ui_out_text (uiout, "on unhandled exception"); |
| 6288 | else if (b->break_on_exception == 3) |
| 6289 | ui_out_text (uiout, "on assert failure"); |
| 6290 | else |
| 6291 | return 0; |
| 6292 | return 1; |
| 6293 | #else |
| 6294 | return 0; |
| 6295 | #endif |
| 6296 | } |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 | /* Print task identifier for breakpoint B, if it is an Ada-specific |
| 6299 | breakpoint with non-zero tasking information. */ |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | void |
| 6302 | ada_print_exception_breakpoint_task (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 6303 | { |
| 6304 | #ifdef GNAT_GDB |
| 6305 | if (b->task != 0) |
| 6306 | { |
| 6307 | ui_out_text (uiout, " task "); |
| 6308 | ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task); |
| 6309 | } |
| 6310 | #endif |
| 6311 | } |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 | int |
| 6314 | ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym) |
| 6315 | { |
| 6316 | char *type_name = type_name_no_tag (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 6319 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK |
| 6320 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST |
| 6321 | && type_name != NULL && strcmp (type_name, "exception") == 0); |
| 6322 | } |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | int |
| 6325 | ada_maybe_exception_partial_symbol (struct partial_symbol *sym) |
| 6326 | { |
| 6327 | return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 6328 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK |
| 6329 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST); |
| 6330 | } |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | /* Cause the appropriate error if no appropriate runtime symbol is |
| 6333 | found to set a breakpoint, using ERR_DESC to describe the |
| 6334 | breakpoint. */ |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 | static void |
| 6337 | error_breakpoint_runtime_sym_not_found (const char *err_desc) |
| 6338 | { |
| 6339 | /* If we are not debugging an Ada program, we can not put exception |
| 6340 | breakpoints! */ |
| 6341 | |
| 6342 | if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown, NULL) != language_ada) |
| 6343 | error ("Unable to break on %s. Is this an Ada main program?", err_desc); |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | /* If the symbol does not exist, then check that the program is |
| 6346 | already started, to make sure that shared libraries have been |
| 6347 | loaded. If it is not started, this may mean that the symbol is |
| 6348 | in a shared library. */ |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | if (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid) == 0) |
| 6351 | error ("Unable to break on %s. Try to start the program first.", err_desc); |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 | /* At this point, we know that we are debugging an Ada program and |
| 6354 | that the inferior has been started, but we still are not able to |
| 6355 | find the run-time symbols. That can mean that we are in |
| 6356 | configurable run time mode, or that a-except as been optimized |
| 6357 | out by the linker... In any case, at this point it is not worth |
| 6358 | supporting this feature. */ |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 | error ("Cannot break on %s in this configuration.", err_desc); |
| 6361 | } |
| 6362 | |
| 6363 | /* Test if NAME is currently defined, and that either ALLOW_TRAMP or |
| 6364 | the symbol is not a shared-library trampoline. Return the result of |
| 6365 | the test. */ |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | static int |
| 6368 | is_runtime_sym_defined (const char *name, int allow_tramp) |
| 6369 | { |
| 6370 | struct minimal_symbol *msym; |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (name, NULL, NULL); |
| 6373 | return (msym != NULL && msym->type != mst_unknown |
| 6374 | && (allow_tramp || msym->type != mst_solib_trampoline)); |
| 6375 | } |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | /* If ARG points to an Ada exception or assert breakpoint, rewrite |
| 6378 | into equivalent form. Return resulting argument string. Set |
| 6379 | *BREAK_ON_EXCEPTIONP to 1 for ordinary break on exception, 2 for |
| 6380 | break on unhandled, 3 for assert, 0 otherwise. */ |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 | char * |
| 6383 | ada_breakpoint_rewrite (char *arg, int *break_on_exceptionp) |
| 6384 | { |
| 6385 | if (arg == NULL) |
| 6386 | return arg; |
| 6387 | *break_on_exceptionp = 0; |
| 6388 | if (current_language->la_language == language_ada |
| 6389 | && strncmp (arg, "exception", 9) == 0 |
| 6390 | && (arg[9] == ' ' || arg[9] == '\t' || arg[9] == '\0')) |
| 6391 | { |
| 6392 | char *tok, *end_tok; |
| 6393 | int toklen; |
| 6394 | int has_exception_propagation = |
| 6395 | is_runtime_sym_defined (raise_sym_name, 1); |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 | *break_on_exceptionp = 1; |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | tok = arg + 9; |
| 6400 | while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t') |
| 6401 | tok += 1; |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 | end_tok = tok; |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000') |
| 6406 | end_tok += 1; |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | toklen = end_tok - tok; |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 | arg = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (longest_exception_template) + toklen); |
| 6411 | make_cleanup (xfree, arg); |
| 6412 | if (toklen == 0) |
| 6413 | { |
| 6414 | if (has_exception_propagation) |
| 6415 | sprintf (arg, "'%s'", raise_sym_name); |
| 6416 | else |
| 6417 | error_breakpoint_runtime_sym_not_found ("exception"); |
| 6418 | } |
| 6419 | else if (strncmp (tok, "unhandled", toklen) == 0) |
| 6420 | { |
| 6421 | if (is_runtime_sym_defined (raise_unhandled_sym_name, 1)) |
| 6422 | sprintf (arg, "'%s'", raise_unhandled_sym_name); |
| 6423 | else |
| 6424 | error_breakpoint_runtime_sym_not_found ("exception"); |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | *break_on_exceptionp = 2; |
| 6427 | } |
| 6428 | else |
| 6429 | { |
| 6430 | if (is_runtime_sym_defined (raise_sym_name, 0)) |
| 6431 | sprintf (arg, "'%s' if long_integer(e) = long_integer(&%.*s)", |
| 6432 | raise_sym_name, toklen, tok); |
| 6433 | else |
| 6434 | error_breakpoint_runtime_sym_not_found ("specific exception"); |
| 6435 | } |
| 6436 | } |
| 6437 | else if (current_language->la_language == language_ada |
| 6438 | && strncmp (arg, "assert", 6) == 0 |
| 6439 | && (arg[6] == ' ' || arg[6] == '\t' || arg[6] == '\0')) |
| 6440 | { |
| 6441 | char *tok = arg + 6; |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | if (!is_runtime_sym_defined (raise_assert_sym_name, 1)) |
| 6444 | error_breakpoint_runtime_sym_not_found ("failed assertion"); |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 | *break_on_exceptionp = 3; |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | arg = |
| 6449 | (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (raise_assert_sym_name) + strlen (tok) + 2); |
| 6450 | make_cleanup (xfree, arg); |
| 6451 | sprintf (arg, "'%s'%s", raise_assert_sym_name, tok); |
| 6452 | } |
| 6453 | return arg; |
| 6454 | } |
| 6455 | \f |
| 6456 | |
| 6457 | /* Field Access */ |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed |
| 6460 | to be invisible to users. */ |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 | int |
| 6463 | ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6464 | { |
| 6465 | if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) |
| 6466 | return 1; |
| 6467 | else |
| 6468 | { |
| 6469 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6470 | return (name == NULL |
| 6471 | || (name[0] == '_' && strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) != 0)); |
| 6472 | } |
| 6473 | } |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | /* True iff TYPE has a tag field. If REFOK, then TYPE may also be a |
| 6476 | pointer or reference type whose ultimate target has a tag field. */ |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 | int |
| 6479 | ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type, int refok) |
| 6480 | { |
| 6481 | return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", refok, 1, NULL) != NULL); |
| 6482 | } |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 | /* True iff TYPE represents the type of X'Tag */ |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | int |
| 6487 | ada_is_tag_type (struct type *type) |
| 6488 | { |
| 6489 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6490 | return 0; |
| 6491 | else { |
| 6492 | const char *name = ada_type_name (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 6493 | return (name != NULL |
| 6494 | && strcmp (name, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0); |
| 6495 | } |
| 6496 | } |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | /* The type of the tag on VAL. */ |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 | struct type * |
| 6501 | ada_tag_type (struct value *val) |
| 6502 | { |
| 6503 | return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (val), "_tag", 1, 0, NULL); |
| 6504 | } |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | /* The value of the tag on VAL. */ |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 | struct value * |
| 6509 | ada_value_tag (struct value *val) |
| 6510 | { |
| 6511 | return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", "record"); |
| 6512 | } |
| 6513 | |
| 6514 | /* The value of the tag on the object of type TYPE whose contents are |
| 6515 | saved at VALADDR, if it is non-null, or is at memory address |
| 6516 | ADDRESS. */ |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 | static struct value * |
| 6519 | value_tag_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 6520 | CORE_ADDR address) |
| 6521 | { |
| 6522 | int tag_byte_offset, dummy1, dummy2; |
| 6523 | struct type *tag_type; |
| 6524 | if (find_struct_field ("_tag", type, 0, &tag_type, &tag_byte_offset, |
| 6525 | &dummy1, &dummy2)) |
| 6526 | { |
| 6527 | char *valaddr1 = (valaddr == NULL) ? NULL : valaddr + tag_byte_offset; |
| 6528 | CORE_ADDR address1 = (address == 0) ? 0 : address + tag_byte_offset; |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 | return value_from_contents_and_address (tag_type, valaddr1, address1); |
| 6531 | } |
| 6532 | return NULL; |
| 6533 | } |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 | static struct type * |
| 6536 | type_from_tag (struct value *tag) |
| 6537 | { |
| 6538 | const char *type_name = ada_tag_name (tag); |
| 6539 | if (type_name != NULL) |
| 6540 | return ada_find_any_type (ada_encode (type_name)); |
| 6541 | return NULL; |
| 6542 | } |
| 6543 | |
| 6544 | struct tag_args { |
| 6545 | struct value *tag; |
| 6546 | char *name; |
| 6547 | }; |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 | /* Wrapper function used by ada_tag_name. Given a struct tag_args* |
| 6550 | value ARGS, sets ARGS->name to the tag name of ARGS->tag. |
| 6551 | The value stored in ARGS->name is valid until the next call to |
| 6552 | ada_tag_name_1. */ |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 | static int |
| 6555 | ada_tag_name_1 (void *args0) |
| 6556 | { |
| 6557 | struct tag_args *args = (struct tag_args *) args0; |
| 6558 | static char name[1024]; |
| 6559 | char* p; |
| 6560 | struct value *val; |
| 6561 | args->name = NULL; |
| 6562 | val = ada_value_struct_elt (args->tag, "tsd", NULL); |
| 6563 | if (val == NULL) |
| 6564 | return 0; |
| 6565 | val = ada_value_struct_elt (val, "expanded_name", NULL); |
| 6566 | if (val == NULL) |
| 6567 | return 0; |
| 6568 | read_memory_string (value_as_address (val), name, sizeof (name) - 1); |
| 6569 | for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p += 1) |
| 6570 | if (isalpha (*p)) |
| 6571 | *p = tolower (*p); |
| 6572 | args->name = name; |
| 6573 | return 0; |
| 6574 | } |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 | /* The type name of the dynamic type denoted by the 'tag value TAG, as |
| 6577 | * a C string. */ |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 | const char * |
| 6580 | ada_tag_name (struct value *tag) |
| 6581 | { |
| 6582 | struct tag_args args; |
| 6583 | if (! ada_is_tag_type (VALUE_TYPE (tag))) |
| 6584 | return NULL; |
| 6585 | args.tag = tag; |
| 6586 | args.name = NULL; |
| 6587 | catch_errors (ada_tag_name_1, &args, NULL, RETURN_MASK_ALL); |
| 6588 | return args.name; |
| 6589 | } |
| 6590 | |
| 6591 | /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */ |
| 6592 | |
| 6593 | struct type * |
| 6594 | ada_parent_type (struct type *type) |
| 6595 | { |
| 6596 | int i; |
| 6597 | |
| 6598 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 6601 | return NULL; |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 6604 | if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i)) |
| 6605 | return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 | return NULL; |
| 6608 | } |
| 6609 | |
| 6610 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the |
| 6611 | parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is |
| 6612 | a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ |
| 6613 | |
| 6614 | int |
| 6615 | ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6616 | { |
| 6617 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (check_typedef (type), field_num); |
| 6618 | return (name != NULL |
| 6619 | && (strncmp (name, "PARENT", 6) == 0 |
| 6620 | || strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) == 0)); |
| 6621 | } |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a |
| 6624 | transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing |
| 6625 | field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a |
| 6626 | structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always |
| 6627 | structures. */ |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 | int |
| 6630 | ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6631 | { |
| 6632 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6633 | return (name != NULL |
| 6634 | && (strncmp (name, "PARENT", 6) == 0 |
| 6635 | || strcmp (name, "REP") == 0 |
| 6636 | || strncmp (name, "_parent", 7) == 0 |
| 6637 | || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O')); |
| 6638 | } |
| 6639 | |
| 6640 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE |
| 6641 | is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least |
| 6642 | FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ |
| 6643 | |
| 6644 | int |
| 6645 | ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6646 | { |
| 6647 | struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num); |
| 6648 | return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION |
| 6649 | || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num) |
| 6650 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) == |
| 6651 | TYPE_CODE_UNION)); |
| 6652 | } |
| 6653 | |
| 6654 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part) |
| 6655 | whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE, |
| 6656 | returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. */ |
| 6657 | |
| 6658 | struct type * |
| 6659 | ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type) |
| 6660 | { |
| 6661 | char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 6662 | struct type *type = |
| 6663 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, 1, NULL); |
| 6664 | if (type == NULL) |
| 6665 | return builtin_type_int; |
| 6666 | else |
| 6667 | return type; |
| 6668 | } |
| 6669 | |
| 6670 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a |
| 6671 | valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE |
| 6672 | represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */ |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 | int |
| 6675 | ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6676 | { |
| 6677 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6678 | return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O'); |
| 6679 | } |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 | /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record, |
| 6682 | returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. |
| 6683 | The value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */ |
| 6684 | |
| 6685 | char * |
| 6686 | ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0) |
| 6687 | { |
| 6688 | static char *result = NULL; |
| 6689 | static size_t result_len = 0; |
| 6690 | struct type *type; |
| 6691 | const char *name; |
| 6692 | const char *discrim_end; |
| 6693 | const char *discrim_start; |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 | if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6696 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); |
| 6697 | else |
| 6698 | type = type0; |
| 6699 | |
| 6700 | name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 | if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000') |
| 6703 | return ""; |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 | for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name; |
| 6706 | discrim_end -= 1) |
| 6707 | { |
| 6708 | if (strncmp (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6) == 0) |
| 6709 | break; |
| 6710 | } |
| 6711 | if (discrim_end == name) |
| 6712 | return ""; |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 | for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3; |
| 6715 | discrim_start -= 1) |
| 6716 | { |
| 6717 | if (discrim_start == name + 1) |
| 6718 | return ""; |
| 6719 | if ((discrim_start > name + 3 |
| 6720 | && strncmp (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3) == 0) |
| 6721 | || discrim_start[-1] == '.') |
| 6722 | break; |
| 6723 | } |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1); |
| 6726 | strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start); |
| 6727 | result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0'; |
| 6728 | return result; |
| 6729 | } |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 | /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. |
| 6732 | Put the position of the character just past the number scanned in |
| 6733 | *NEW_K, if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. |
| 6734 | Return 1 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 |
| 6735 | otherwise. A "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value |
| 6736 | in decimal, followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. |
| 6737 | Assumes 0m does not occur. */ |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 | int |
| 6740 | ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k) |
| 6741 | { |
| 6742 | ULONGEST RU; |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 | if (!isdigit (str[k])) |
| 6745 | return 0; |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 | /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about |
| 6748 | the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and |
| 6749 | LONGEST. */ |
| 6750 | RU = 0; |
| 6751 | while (isdigit (str[k])) |
| 6752 | { |
| 6753 | RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0'); |
| 6754 | k += 1; |
| 6755 | } |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 | if (str[k] == 'm') |
| 6758 | { |
| 6759 | if (R != NULL) |
| 6760 | *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1; |
| 6761 | k += 1; |
| 6762 | } |
| 6763 | else if (R != NULL) |
| 6764 | *R = (LONGEST) RU; |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 | /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of |
| 6767 | - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive |
| 6768 | number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work |
| 6769 | in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch |
| 6770 | above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */ |
| 6771 | |
| 6772 | if (new_k != NULL) |
| 6773 | *new_k = k; |
| 6774 | return 1; |
| 6775 | } |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field), |
| 6778 | and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is |
| 6779 | in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */ |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 | int |
| 6782 | ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6783 | { |
| 6784 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6785 | int p; |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 | p = 0; |
| 6788 | while (1) |
| 6789 | { |
| 6790 | switch (name[p]) |
| 6791 | { |
| 6792 | case '\0': |
| 6793 | return 0; |
| 6794 | case 'S': |
| 6795 | { |
| 6796 | LONGEST W; |
| 6797 | if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p)) |
| 6798 | return 0; |
| 6799 | if (val == W) |
| 6800 | return 1; |
| 6801 | break; |
| 6802 | } |
| 6803 | case 'R': |
| 6804 | { |
| 6805 | LONGEST L, U; |
| 6806 | if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p) |
| 6807 | || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p)) |
| 6808 | return 0; |
| 6809 | if (val >= L && val <= U) |
| 6810 | return 1; |
| 6811 | break; |
| 6812 | } |
| 6813 | case 'O': |
| 6814 | return 1; |
| 6815 | default: |
| 6816 | return 0; |
| 6817 | } |
| 6818 | } |
| 6819 | } |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 | /* FIXME: Lots of redundancy below. Try to consolidate. */ |
| 6822 | |
| 6823 | /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes) of a struct or union type |
| 6824 | ARG_TYPE, extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) |
| 6825 | fields. FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field |
| 6826 | only in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */ |
| 6827 | |
| 6828 | static struct value * |
| 6829 | ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno, |
| 6830 | struct type *arg_type) |
| 6831 | { |
| 6832 | struct type *type; |
| 6833 | |
| 6834 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (arg_type); |
| 6835 | type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 6836 | |
| 6837 | /* Handle packed fields. */ |
| 6838 | |
| 6839 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0) |
| 6840 | { |
| 6841 | int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 6842 | int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 6843 | |
| 6844 | return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, VALUE_CONTENTS (arg1), |
| 6845 | offset + bit_pos / 8, |
| 6846 | bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type); |
| 6847 | } |
| 6848 | else |
| 6849 | return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type); |
| 6850 | } |
| 6851 | |
| 6852 | /* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found, return 1 |
| 6853 | after setting *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type, *BYTE_OFFSET_P to |
| 6854 | OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within an object of that type, |
| 6855 | *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field, and |
| 6856 | *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and 0 otherwise. |
| 6857 | Looks inside wrappers for the field. Returns 0 if field not |
| 6858 | found. */ |
| 6859 | static int |
| 6860 | find_struct_field (char *name, struct type *type, int offset, |
| 6861 | struct type **field_type_p, |
| 6862 | int *byte_offset_p, int *bit_offset_p, int *bit_size_p) |
| 6863 | { |
| 6864 | int i; |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 6867 | *field_type_p = NULL; |
| 6868 | *byte_offset_p = *bit_offset_p = *bit_size_p = 0; |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 6871 | { |
| 6872 | int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i); |
| 6873 | int fld_offset = offset + bit_pos / 8; |
| 6874 | char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 6875 | |
| 6876 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 6877 | continue; |
| 6878 | |
| 6879 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 6880 | { |
| 6881 | int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, i); |
| 6882 | *field_type_p = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i); |
| 6883 | *byte_offset_p = fld_offset; |
| 6884 | *bit_offset_p = bit_pos % 8; |
| 6885 | *bit_size_p = bit_size; |
| 6886 | return 1; |
| 6887 | } |
| 6888 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 6889 | { |
| 6890 | if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), fld_offset, |
| 6891 | field_type_p, byte_offset_p, bit_offset_p, |
| 6892 | bit_size_p)) |
| 6893 | return 1; |
| 6894 | } |
| 6895 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 6896 | { |
| 6897 | int j; |
| 6898 | struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 6899 | |
| 6900 | for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 6901 | { |
| 6902 | if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j), |
| 6903 | fld_offset |
| 6904 | + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, j)/8, |
| 6905 | field_type_p, byte_offset_p, bit_offset_p, |
| 6906 | bit_size_p)) |
| 6907 | return 1; |
| 6908 | } |
| 6909 | } |
| 6910 | } |
| 6911 | return 0; |
| 6912 | } |
| 6913 | |
| 6914 | |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 | /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes, |
| 6917 | and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE. |
| 6918 | If found, return value, else return NULL. |
| 6919 | |
| 6920 | Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */ |
| 6921 | |
| 6922 | static struct value * |
| 6923 | ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset, |
| 6924 | struct type *type) |
| 6925 | { |
| 6926 | int i; |
| 6927 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 6930 | { |
| 6931 | char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 6934 | continue; |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 6937 | return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type); |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 6940 | { |
| 6941 | struct value *v = |
| 6942 | ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, |
| 6943 | offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8, |
| 6944 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 6945 | if (v != NULL) |
| 6946 | return v; |
| 6947 | } |
| 6948 | |
| 6949 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 6950 | { |
| 6951 | int j; |
| 6952 | struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 6953 | int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 6956 | { |
| 6957 | struct value *v = |
| 6958 | ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, |
| 6959 | var_offset |
| 6960 | + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, j)/8, |
| 6961 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j)); |
| 6962 | if (v != NULL) |
| 6963 | return v; |
| 6964 | } |
| 6965 | } |
| 6966 | } |
| 6967 | return NULL; |
| 6968 | } |
| 6969 | |
| 6970 | /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer or reference to a)* |
| 6971 | structure/union, extract the component named NAME from the ultimate |
| 6972 | target structure/union and return it as a value with its |
| 6973 | appropriate type. If ARG is a pointer or reference and the field |
| 6974 | is not packed, returns a reference to the field, otherwise the |
| 6975 | value of the field (an lvalue if ARG is an lvalue). |
| 6976 | |
| 6977 | The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself |
| 6978 | and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members |
| 6979 | (e.g., '_parent'). |
| 6980 | |
| 6981 | ERR is a name (for use in error messages) that identifies the class |
| 6982 | of entity that ARG is supposed to be. ERR may be null, indicating |
| 6983 | that on error, the function simply returns NULL, and does not |
| 6984 | throw an error. (FIXME: True only if ARG is a pointer or reference |
| 6985 | at the moment). */ |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 | struct value * |
| 6988 | ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, char *err) |
| 6989 | { |
| 6990 | struct type *t, *t1; |
| 6991 | struct value *v; |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 | v = NULL; |
| 6994 | t1 = t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg)); |
| 6995 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 6996 | { |
| 6997 | t1 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); |
| 6998 | if (t1 == NULL) |
| 6999 | { |
| 7000 | if (err == NULL) |
| 7001 | return NULL; |
| 7002 | else |
| 7003 | error ("Bad value type in a %s.", err); |
| 7004 | } |
| 7005 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (t1); |
| 7006 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 7007 | { |
| 7008 | COERCE_REF (arg); |
| 7009 | t = t1; |
| 7010 | } |
| 7011 | } |
| 7012 | |
| 7013 | while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 7014 | { |
| 7015 | t1 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); |
| 7016 | if (t1 == NULL) |
| 7017 | { |
| 7018 | if (err == NULL) |
| 7019 | return NULL; |
| 7020 | else |
| 7021 | error ("Bad value type in a %s.", err); |
| 7022 | } |
| 7023 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (t1); |
| 7024 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 7025 | { |
| 7026 | arg = value_ind (arg); |
| 7027 | t = t1; |
| 7028 | } |
| 7029 | else |
| 7030 | break; |
| 7031 | } |
| 7032 | |
| 7033 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t1) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) |
| 7034 | { |
| 7035 | if (err == NULL) |
| 7036 | return NULL; |
| 7037 | else |
| 7038 | error ("Attempt to extract a component of a value that is not a %s.", |
| 7039 | err); |
| 7040 | } |
| 7041 | |
| 7042 | if (t1 == t) |
| 7043 | v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t); |
| 7044 | else |
| 7045 | { |
| 7046 | int bit_offset, bit_size, byte_offset; |
| 7047 | struct type *field_type; |
| 7048 | CORE_ADDR address; |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 7051 | address = value_as_address (arg); |
| 7052 | else |
| 7053 | address = unpack_pointer (t, VALUE_CONTENTS (arg)); |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 | t1 = ada_to_fixed_type (ada_get_base_type (t1), NULL, address, NULL); |
| 7056 | if (find_struct_field (name, t1, 0, |
| 7057 | &field_type, &byte_offset, &bit_offset, &bit_size)) |
| 7058 | { |
| 7059 | if (bit_size != 0) |
| 7060 | { |
| 7061 | arg = ada_value_ind (arg); |
| 7062 | v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg, NULL, byte_offset, |
| 7063 | bit_offset, bit_size, |
| 7064 | field_type); |
| 7065 | } |
| 7066 | else |
| 7067 | v = value_from_pointer (lookup_reference_type (field_type), |
| 7068 | address + byte_offset); |
| 7069 | } |
| 7070 | } |
| 7071 | |
| 7072 | if (v == NULL && err != NULL) |
| 7073 | error ("There is no member named %s.", name); |
| 7074 | |
| 7075 | return v; |
| 7076 | } |
| 7077 | |
| 7078 | /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME. |
| 7079 | If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a |
| 7080 | structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not |
| 7081 | work for packed fields). |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 | Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly |
| 7084 | followed by "___". |
| 7085 | |
| 7086 | TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also |
| 7087 | be a (pointer or reference)+ to a struct or union, and the |
| 7088 | ultimate target type will be searched. |
| 7089 | |
| 7090 | Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types. |
| 7091 | |
| 7092 | If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined or |
| 7093 | TYPE is not a type of the right kind. */ |
| 7094 | |
| 7095 | static struct type * |
| 7096 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int refok, |
| 7097 | int noerr, int *dispp) |
| 7098 | { |
| 7099 | int i; |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7102 | goto BadName; |
| 7103 | |
| 7104 | if (refok && type != NULL) |
| 7105 | while (1) |
| 7106 | { |
| 7107 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 7108 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 7109 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 7110 | break; |
| 7111 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 7112 | } |
| 7113 | |
| 7114 | if (type == NULL |
| 7115 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && |
| 7116 | TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)) |
| 7117 | { |
| 7118 | if (noerr) |
| 7119 | return NULL; |
| 7120 | else |
| 7121 | { |
| 7122 | target_terminal_ours (); |
| 7123 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 7124 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type "); |
| 7125 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7126 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "(null)"); |
| 7127 | else |
| 7128 | type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); |
| 7129 | error (" is not a structure or union type"); |
| 7130 | } |
| 7131 | } |
| 7132 | |
| 7133 | type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 7134 | |
| 7135 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 7136 | { |
| 7137 | char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 7138 | struct type *t; |
| 7139 | int disp; |
| 7140 | |
| 7141 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 7142 | continue; |
| 7143 | |
| 7144 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 7145 | { |
| 7146 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 7147 | *dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 7148 | return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 7149 | } |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 7152 | { |
| 7153 | disp = 0; |
| 7154 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name, |
| 7155 | 0, 1, &disp); |
| 7156 | if (t != NULL) |
| 7157 | { |
| 7158 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 7159 | *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 7160 | return t; |
| 7161 | } |
| 7162 | } |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 7165 | { |
| 7166 | int j; |
| 7167 | struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 7168 | |
| 7169 | for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 7170 | { |
| 7171 | disp = 0; |
| 7172 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j), |
| 7173 | name, 0, 1, &disp); |
| 7174 | if (t != NULL) |
| 7175 | { |
| 7176 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 7177 | *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 7178 | return t; |
| 7179 | } |
| 7180 | } |
| 7181 | } |
| 7182 | |
| 7183 | } |
| 7184 | |
| 7185 | BadName: |
| 7186 | if (!noerr) |
| 7187 | { |
| 7188 | target_terminal_ours (); |
| 7189 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 7190 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type "); |
| 7191 | type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); |
| 7192 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, " has no component named "); |
| 7193 | error ("%s", name == NULL ? "<null>" : name); |
| 7194 | } |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | return NULL; |
| 7197 | } |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union), |
| 7200 | within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at |
| 7201 | OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE, |
| 7202 | numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */ |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 | int |
| 7205 | ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type, |
| 7206 | char *outer_valaddr) |
| 7207 | { |
| 7208 | int others_clause; |
| 7209 | int i; |
| 7210 | int disp; |
| 7211 | struct type *discrim_type; |
| 7212 | char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 7213 | LONGEST discrim_val; |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 | disp = 0; |
| 7216 | discrim_type = |
| 7217 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 1, 1, &disp); |
| 7218 | if (discrim_type == NULL) |
| 7219 | return -1; |
| 7220 | discrim_val = unpack_long (discrim_type, outer_valaddr + disp); |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 | others_clause = -1; |
| 7223 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1) |
| 7224 | { |
| 7225 | if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i)) |
| 7226 | others_clause = i; |
| 7227 | else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i)) |
| 7228 | return i; |
| 7229 | } |
| 7230 | |
| 7231 | return others_clause; |
| 7232 | } |
| 7233 | \f |
| 7234 | |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 | /* Dynamic-Sized Records */ |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size |
| 7239 | (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging |
| 7240 | data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value. |
| 7241 | Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate, |
| 7242 | conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */ |
| 7243 | |
| 7244 | /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot |
| 7245 | determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However, |
| 7246 | the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent |
| 7247 | quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size |
| 7248 | of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space |
| 7249 | for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the |
| 7250 | 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters, |
| 7251 | rather than struct value*s. |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 | However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are |
| 7254 | struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in |
| 7255 | general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in |
| 7256 | the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all |
| 7257 | conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described |
| 7258 | above), so that we don't usually have to perform the |
| 7259 | 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values. |
| 7260 | Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal |
| 7261 | history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained |
| 7262 | records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each |
| 7263 | element selected. */ |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 | /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host |
| 7266 | address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value. |
| 7267 | The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal |
| 7268 | copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the |
| 7269 | target at the target address. */ |
| 7270 | |
| 7271 | /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of |
| 7272 | dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of |
| 7273 | dynamic-sized types. */ |
| 7274 | |
| 7275 | struct value * |
| 7276 | ada_value_ind (struct value *val0) |
| 7277 | { |
| 7278 | struct value *val = unwrap_value (value_ind (val0)); |
| 7279 | return ada_to_fixed_value (val); |
| 7280 | } |
| 7281 | |
| 7282 | /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to" |
| 7283 | qualifiers on VAL0. */ |
| 7284 | |
| 7285 | static struct value * |
| 7286 | ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0) |
| 7287 | { |
| 7288 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 7289 | { |
| 7290 | struct value *val = val0; |
| 7291 | COERCE_REF (val); |
| 7292 | val = unwrap_value (val); |
| 7293 | return ada_to_fixed_value (val); |
| 7294 | } |
| 7295 | else |
| 7296 | return val0; |
| 7297 | } |
| 7298 | |
| 7299 | /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of |
| 7300 | ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */ |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | static unsigned int |
| 7303 | align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment) |
| 7304 | { |
| 7305 | return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1); |
| 7306 | } |
| 7307 | |
| 7308 | /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */ |
| 7309 | |
| 7310 | static unsigned int |
| 7311 | field_alignment (struct type *type, int f) |
| 7312 | { |
| 7313 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 7314 | int len = (name == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (name); |
| 7315 | int align_offset; |
| 7316 | |
| 7317 | if (!isdigit (name[len - 1])) |
| 7318 | return 1; |
| 7319 | |
| 7320 | if (isdigit (name[len - 2])) |
| 7321 | align_offset = len - 2; |
| 7322 | else |
| 7323 | align_offset = len - 1; |
| 7324 | |
| 7325 | if (align_offset < 7 || strncmp ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5) != 0) |
| 7326 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7327 | |
| 7328 | return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7329 | } |
| 7330 | |
| 7331 | /* Find a symbol named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */ |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 | struct symbol * |
| 7334 | ada_find_any_symbol (const char *name) |
| 7335 | { |
| 7336 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 7337 | |
| 7338 | sym = standard_lookup (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 7339 | if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 7340 | return sym; |
| 7341 | |
| 7342 | sym = standard_lookup (name, NULL, STRUCT_DOMAIN); |
| 7343 | return sym; |
| 7344 | } |
| 7345 | |
| 7346 | /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */ |
| 7347 | |
| 7348 | struct type * |
| 7349 | ada_find_any_type (const char *name) |
| 7350 | { |
| 7351 | struct symbol *sym = ada_find_any_symbol (name); |
| 7352 | |
| 7353 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 7354 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 | return NULL; |
| 7357 | } |
| 7358 | |
| 7359 | /* Given a symbol NAME and its associated BLOCK, search all symbols |
| 7360 | for its ___XR counterpart, which is the ``renaming'' symbol |
| 7361 | associated to NAME. Return this symbol if found, return |
| 7362 | NULL otherwise. */ |
| 7363 | |
| 7364 | struct symbol * |
| 7365 | ada_find_renaming_symbol (const char *name, struct block *block) |
| 7366 | { |
| 7367 | const struct symbol *function_sym = block_function (block); |
| 7368 | char *rename; |
| 7369 | |
| 7370 | if (function_sym != NULL) |
| 7371 | { |
| 7372 | /* If the symbol is defined inside a function, NAME is not fully |
| 7373 | qualified. This means we need to prepend the function name |
| 7374 | as well as adding the ``___XR'' suffix to build the name of |
| 7375 | the associated renaming symbol. */ |
| 7376 | char *function_name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (function_sym); |
| 7377 | const int function_name_len = strlen (function_name); |
| 7378 | const int rename_len = function_name_len |
| 7379 | + 2 /* "__" */ |
| 7380 | + strlen (name) |
| 7381 | + 6 /* "___XR\0" */; |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 | /* Library-level functions are a special case, as GNAT adds |
| 7384 | a ``_ada_'' prefix to the function name to avoid namespace |
| 7385 | pollution. However, the renaming symbol themselves do not |
| 7386 | have this prefix, so we need to skip this prefix if present. */ |
| 7387 | if (function_name_len > 5 /* "_ada_" */ |
| 7388 | && strstr (function_name, "_ada_") == function_name) |
| 7389 | function_name = function_name + 5; |
| 7390 | |
| 7391 | rename = (char *) alloca (rename_len * sizeof (char)); |
| 7392 | sprintf (rename, "%s__%s___XR", function_name, name); |
| 7393 | } |
| 7394 | else |
| 7395 | { |
| 7396 | const int rename_len = strlen (name) + 6; |
| 7397 | rename = (char *) alloca (rename_len * sizeof (char)); |
| 7398 | sprintf (rename, "%s___XR", name); |
| 7399 | } |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 | return ada_find_any_symbol (rename); |
| 7402 | } |
| 7403 | |
| 7404 | /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a |
| 7405 | given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to |
| 7406 | that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero; |
| 7407 | otherwise return 0. */ |
| 7408 | |
| 7409 | int |
| 7410 | ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) |
| 7411 | { |
| 7412 | if (type1 == NULL) |
| 7413 | return 1; |
| 7414 | else if (type0 == NULL) |
| 7415 | return 0; |
| 7416 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 7417 | return 1; |
| 7418 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 7419 | return 0; |
| 7420 | else if (TYPE_NAME (type1) == NULL && TYPE_NAME (type0) != NULL) |
| 7421 | return 1; |
| 7422 | else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0)) |
| 7423 | return 1; |
| 7424 | else if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type0) |
| 7425 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type1)) |
| 7426 | return 1; |
| 7427 | else if (ada_renaming_type (type0) != NULL |
| 7428 | && ada_renaming_type (type1) == NULL) |
| 7429 | return 1; |
| 7430 | return 0; |
| 7431 | } |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 | /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is |
| 7434 | null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */ |
| 7435 | |
| 7436 | char * |
| 7437 | ada_type_name (struct type *type) |
| 7438 | { |
| 7439 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7440 | return NULL; |
| 7441 | else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL) |
| 7442 | return TYPE_NAME (type); |
| 7443 | else |
| 7444 | return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type); |
| 7445 | } |
| 7446 | |
| 7447 | /* Find a parallel type to TYPE whose name is formed by appending |
| 7448 | SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */ |
| 7449 | |
| 7450 | struct type * |
| 7451 | ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix) |
| 7452 | { |
| 7453 | static char *name; |
| 7454 | static size_t name_len = 0; |
| 7455 | int len; |
| 7456 | char *typename = ada_type_name (type); |
| 7457 | |
| 7458 | if (typename == NULL) |
| 7459 | return NULL; |
| 7460 | |
| 7461 | len = strlen (typename); |
| 7462 | |
| 7463 | GROW_VECT (name, name_len, len + strlen (suffix) + 1); |
| 7464 | |
| 7465 | strcpy (name, typename); |
| 7466 | strcpy (name + len, suffix); |
| 7467 | |
| 7468 | return ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 7469 | } |
| 7470 | |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 | /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template |
| 7473 | type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 7474 | |
| 7475 | static struct type * |
| 7476 | dynamic_template_type (struct type *type) |
| 7477 | { |
| 7478 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 7481 | || ada_type_name (type) == NULL) |
| 7482 | return NULL; |
| 7483 | else |
| 7484 | { |
| 7485 | int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type)); |
| 7486 | if (len > 6 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE") == 0) |
| 7487 | return type; |
| 7488 | else |
| 7489 | return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE"); |
| 7490 | } |
| 7491 | } |
| 7492 | |
| 7493 | /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns |
| 7494 | non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */ |
| 7495 | |
| 7496 | static int |
| 7497 | is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num) |
| 7498 | { |
| 7499 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num); |
| 7500 | return name != NULL |
| 7501 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 7502 | && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL; |
| 7503 | } |
| 7504 | |
| 7505 | /* The index of the variant field of TYPE, or -1 if TYPE does not |
| 7506 | represent a variant record type. */ |
| 7507 | |
| 7508 | static int |
| 7509 | variant_field_index (struct type *type) |
| 7510 | { |
| 7511 | int f; |
| 7512 | |
| 7513 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 7514 | return -1; |
| 7515 | |
| 7516 | for (f = 0; f < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); f += 1) |
| 7517 | { |
| 7518 | if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) |
| 7519 | return f; |
| 7520 | } |
| 7521 | return -1; |
| 7522 | } |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 | /* A record type with no fields. */ |
| 7525 | |
| 7526 | static struct type * |
| 7527 | empty_record (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 7528 | { |
| 7529 | struct type *type = alloc_type (objfile); |
| 7530 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 7531 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; |
| 7532 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL; |
| 7533 | TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>"; |
| 7534 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL; |
| 7535 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) = 0; |
| 7536 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 7537 | return type; |
| 7538 | } |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 7541 | the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at |
| 7542 | the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions. |
| 7543 | DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any |
| 7544 | necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if VALUE_TYPE (VAL) is |
| 7545 | an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A |
| 7546 | variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch |
| 7547 | of the variant. |
| 7548 | |
| 7549 | If not KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS, then all fields whose position or |
| 7550 | length are not statically known are discarded. As a consequence, |
| 7551 | VALADDR, ADDRESS and DVAL0 are ignored. |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 | NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and |
| 7554 | variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be |
| 7555 | byte-aligned. */ |
| 7556 | |
| 7557 | struct type * |
| 7558 | ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 7559 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0, |
| 7560 | int keep_dynamic_fields) |
| 7561 | { |
| 7562 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 7563 | struct value *dval; |
| 7564 | struct type *rtype; |
| 7565 | int nfields, bit_len; |
| 7566 | int variant_field; |
| 7567 | long off; |
| 7568 | int fld_bit_len, bit_incr; |
| 7569 | int f; |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | /* Compute the number of fields in this record type that are going |
| 7572 | to be processed: unless keep_dynamic_fields, this includes only |
| 7573 | fields whose position and length are static will be processed. */ |
| 7574 | if (keep_dynamic_fields) |
| 7575 | nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 7576 | else |
| 7577 | { |
| 7578 | nfields = 0; |
| 7579 | while (nfields < TYPE_NFIELDS (type) |
| 7580 | && !ada_is_variant_part (type, nfields) |
| 7581 | && !is_dynamic_field (type, nfields)) |
| 7582 | nfields++; |
| 7583 | } |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type)); |
| 7586 | TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 7587 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype); |
| 7588 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; |
| 7589 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *) |
| 7590 | TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 7591 | memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 7592 | TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 7593 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL; |
| 7594 | TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; |
| 7595 | |
| 7596 | off = 0; |
| 7597 | bit_len = 0; |
| 7598 | variant_field = -1; |
| 7599 | |
| 7600 | for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 7601 | { |
| 7602 | off = |
| 7603 | align_value (off, |
| 7604 | field_alignment (type, f)) + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f); |
| 7605 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, f) = off; |
| 7606 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0; |
| 7607 | |
| 7608 | if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) |
| 7609 | { |
| 7610 | variant_field = f; |
| 7611 | fld_bit_len = bit_incr = 0; |
| 7612 | } |
| 7613 | else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f)) |
| 7614 | { |
| 7615 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 7616 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address); |
| 7617 | else |
| 7618 | dval = dval0; |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = |
| 7621 | ada_to_fixed_type |
| 7622 | (ada_get_base_type |
| 7623 | (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f))), |
| 7624 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 7625 | cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 7626 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 7627 | bit_incr = fld_bit_len = |
| 7628 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7629 | } |
| 7630 | else |
| 7631 | { |
| 7632 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f); |
| 7633 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 7634 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0) |
| 7635 | bit_incr = fld_bit_len = |
| 7636 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f); |
| 7637 | else |
| 7638 | bit_incr = fld_bit_len = |
| 7639 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7640 | } |
| 7641 | if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) |
| 7642 | bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; |
| 7643 | off += bit_incr; |
| 7644 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = |
| 7645 | align_value (bit_len, TARGET_CHAR_BIT) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7646 | } |
| 7647 | |
| 7648 | /* We handle the variant part, if any, at the end because of certain |
| 7649 | odd cases in which it is re-ordered so as NOT the last field of |
| 7650 | the record. This can happen in the presence of representation |
| 7651 | clauses. */ |
| 7652 | if (variant_field >= 0) |
| 7653 | { |
| 7654 | struct type *branch_type; |
| 7655 | |
| 7656 | off = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, variant_field); |
| 7657 | |
| 7658 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 7659 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address); |
| 7660 | else |
| 7661 | dval = dval0; |
| 7662 | |
| 7663 | branch_type = |
| 7664 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type |
| 7665 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field), |
| 7666 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 7667 | cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 7668 | if (branch_type == NULL) |
| 7669 | { |
| 7670 | for (f = variant_field + 1; f < TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype); f += 1) |
| 7671 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f - 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f]; |
| 7672 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; |
| 7673 | } |
| 7674 | else |
| 7675 | { |
| 7676 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field) = branch_type; |
| 7677 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, variant_field) = "S"; |
| 7678 | fld_bit_len = |
| 7679 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field)) * |
| 7680 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7681 | if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) |
| 7682 | bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; |
| 7683 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = |
| 7684 | align_value (bit_len, TARGET_CHAR_BIT) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7685 | } |
| 7686 | } |
| 7687 | |
| 7688 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 7689 | |
| 7690 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 7691 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit) |
| 7692 | error ("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"); |
| 7693 | return rtype; |
| 7694 | } |
| 7695 | |
| 7696 | /* As for ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 with KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS |
| 7697 | of 1. */ |
| 7698 | |
| 7699 | static struct type * |
| 7700 | template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 7701 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) |
| 7702 | { |
| 7703 | return ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (type, valaddr, |
| 7704 | address, dval0, 1); |
| 7705 | } |
| 7706 | |
| 7707 | /* An ordinary record type in which ___XVL-convention fields and |
| 7708 | ___XVU- and ___XVN-convention field types in TYPE0 are replaced with |
| 7709 | static approximations, containing all possible fields. Uses |
| 7710 | no runtime values. Useless for use in values, but that's OK, |
| 7711 | since the results are used only for type determinations. Works on both |
| 7712 | structs and unions. Representation note: to save space, we memorize |
| 7713 | the result of this function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the |
| 7714 | template type. */ |
| 7715 | |
| 7716 | static struct type * |
| 7717 | template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) |
| 7718 | { |
| 7719 | struct type *type; |
| 7720 | int nfields; |
| 7721 | int f; |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 | if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) != NULL) |
| 7724 | return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); |
| 7725 | |
| 7726 | nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type0); |
| 7727 | type = type0; |
| 7728 | |
| 7729 | for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 7730 | { |
| 7731 | struct type *field_type = CHECK_TYPEDEF (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type0, f)); |
| 7732 | struct type *new_type; |
| 7733 | |
| 7734 | if (is_dynamic_field (type0, f)) |
| 7735 | new_type = to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)); |
| 7736 | else |
| 7737 | new_type = to_static_fixed_type (field_type); |
| 7738 | if (type == type0 && new_type != field_type) |
| 7739 | { |
| 7740 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) = type = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)); |
| 7741 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (type0); |
| 7742 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); |
| 7743 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields; |
| 7744 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 7745 | TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 7746 | memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (type), TYPE_FIELDS (type0), |
| 7747 | sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 7748 | TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (type0); |
| 7749 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL; |
| 7750 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; |
| 7751 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 7752 | } |
| 7753 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) = new_type; |
| 7754 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type0, f); |
| 7755 | } |
| 7756 | return type; |
| 7757 | } |
| 7758 | |
| 7759 | /* Given an object of type TYPE whose contents are at VALADDR and |
| 7760 | whose address in memory is ADDRESS, returns a revision of TYPE -- |
| 7761 | a non-dynamic-sized record with a variant part -- in which |
| 7762 | the variant part is replaced with the appropriate branch. Looks |
| 7763 | for discriminant values in DVAL0, which can be NULL if the record |
| 7764 | contains the necessary discriminant values. */ |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | static struct type * |
| 7767 | to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 7768 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) |
| 7769 | { |
| 7770 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 7771 | struct value *dval; |
| 7772 | struct type *rtype; |
| 7773 | struct type *branch_type; |
| 7774 | int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 7775 | int variant_field = variant_field_index (type); |
| 7776 | |
| 7777 | if (variant_field == -1) |
| 7778 | return type; |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 7781 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address); |
| 7782 | else |
| 7783 | dval = dval0; |
| 7784 | |
| 7785 | rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type)); |
| 7786 | TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 7787 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype); |
| 7788 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; |
| 7789 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = |
| 7790 | (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 7791 | memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type), |
| 7792 | sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 7793 | TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 7794 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL; |
| 7795 | TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; |
| 7796 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 7797 | |
| 7798 | branch_type = to_fixed_variant_branch_type |
| 7799 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field), |
| 7800 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, |
| 7801 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, variant_field) |
| 7802 | / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 7803 | cond_offset_target (address, |
| 7804 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, variant_field) |
| 7805 | / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 7806 | if (branch_type == NULL) |
| 7807 | { |
| 7808 | int f; |
| 7809 | for (f = variant_field + 1; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 7810 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f - 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f]; |
| 7811 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; |
| 7812 | } |
| 7813 | else |
| 7814 | { |
| 7815 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field) = branch_type; |
| 7816 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, variant_field) = "S"; |
| 7817 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, variant_field) = 0; |
| 7818 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type); |
| 7819 | } |
| 7820 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -= TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field)); |
| 7821 | |
| 7822 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 7823 | return rtype; |
| 7824 | } |
| 7825 | |
| 7826 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 7827 | the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at |
| 7828 | beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values |
| 7829 | should be in DVAL, a record value; it may be NULL if the object |
| 7830 | at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. |
| 7831 | Additionally, VALADDR and ADDRESS may also be NULL if no discriminant |
| 7832 | values from the record are needed. Except in the case that DVAL, |
| 7833 | VALADDR, and ADDRESS are all 0 or NULL, a variant field (unless |
| 7834 | unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch of the variant. |
| 7835 | |
| 7836 | NOTE: the case in which DVAL and VALADDR are NULL and ADDRESS is 0 |
| 7837 | is questionable and may be removed. It can arise during the |
| 7838 | processing of an unconstrained-array-of-record type where all the |
| 7839 | variant branches have exactly the same size. This is because in |
| 7840 | such cases, the compiler does not bother to use the XVS convention |
| 7841 | when encoding the record. I am currently dubious of this |
| 7842 | shortcut and suspect the compiler should be altered. FIXME. */ |
| 7843 | |
| 7844 | static struct type * |
| 7845 | to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, |
| 7846 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 7847 | { |
| 7848 | struct type *templ_type; |
| 7849 | |
| 7850 | if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE) |
| 7851 | return type0; |
| 7852 | |
| 7853 | templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0); |
| 7854 | |
| 7855 | if (templ_type != NULL) |
| 7856 | return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 7857 | else if (variant_field_index (type0) >= 0) |
| 7858 | { |
| 7859 | if (dval == NULL && valaddr == NULL && address == 0) |
| 7860 | return type0; |
| 7861 | return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, |
| 7862 | dval); |
| 7863 | } |
| 7864 | else |
| 7865 | { |
| 7866 | TYPE_FLAGS (type0) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; |
| 7867 | return type0; |
| 7868 | } |
| 7869 | |
| 7870 | } |
| 7871 | |
| 7872 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 7873 | the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a |
| 7874 | union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL, |
| 7875 | a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate |
| 7876 | branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value |
| 7877 | indicated in the union's type name. */ |
| 7878 | |
| 7879 | static struct type * |
| 7880 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, char *valaddr, |
| 7881 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 7882 | { |
| 7883 | int which; |
| 7884 | struct type *templ_type; |
| 7885 | struct type *var_type; |
| 7886 | |
| 7887 | if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 7888 | var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0); |
| 7889 | else |
| 7890 | var_type = var_type0; |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 | templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU"); |
| 7893 | |
| 7894 | if (templ_type != NULL) |
| 7895 | var_type = templ_type; |
| 7896 | |
| 7897 | which = |
| 7898 | ada_which_variant_applies (var_type, |
| 7899 | VALUE_TYPE (dval), VALUE_CONTENTS (dval)); |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 | if (which < 0) |
| 7902 | return empty_record (TYPE_OBJFILE (var_type)); |
| 7903 | else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which)) |
| 7904 | return to_fixed_record_type |
| 7905 | (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)), |
| 7906 | valaddr, address, dval); |
| 7907 | else if (variant_field_index (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)) >= 0) |
| 7908 | return |
| 7909 | to_fixed_record_type |
| 7910 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval); |
| 7911 | else |
| 7912 | return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which); |
| 7913 | } |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 | /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value |
| 7916 | at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any |
| 7917 | discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that |
| 7918 | contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes |
| 7919 | are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is |
| 7920 | true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over |
| 7921 | varsize_limit. */ |
| 7922 | |
| 7923 | static struct type * |
| 7924 | to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval, |
| 7925 | int ignore_too_big) |
| 7926 | { |
| 7927 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 7928 | struct type *result; |
| 7929 | |
| 7930 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0) /* revisit? */ |
| 7931 | || (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)) |
| 7932 | return type0; |
| 7933 | |
| 7934 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA"); |
| 7935 | if (index_type_desc == NULL) |
| 7936 | { |
| 7937 | struct type *elt_type0 = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0)); |
| 7938 | /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never |
| 7939 | depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed |
| 7940 | debugging data. */ |
| 7941 | struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval); |
| 7942 | |
| 7943 | if (elt_type0 == elt_type) |
| 7944 | result = type0; |
| 7945 | else |
| 7946 | result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)), |
| 7947 | elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)); |
| 7948 | } |
| 7949 | else |
| 7950 | { |
| 7951 | int i; |
| 7952 | struct type *elt_type0; |
| 7953 | |
| 7954 | elt_type0 = type0; |
| 7955 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1) |
| 7956 | elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0); |
| 7957 | |
| 7958 | /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never |
| 7959 | depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed |
| 7960 | debugging data. */ |
| 7961 | result = ada_to_fixed_type (check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval); |
| 7962 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 7963 | { |
| 7964 | struct type *range_type = |
| 7965 | to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, i), |
| 7966 | dval, TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)); |
| 7967 | result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)), |
| 7968 | result, range_type); |
| 7969 | } |
| 7970 | if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit) |
| 7971 | error ("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"); |
| 7972 | } |
| 7973 | |
| 7974 | TYPE_FLAGS (result) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; |
| 7975 | return result; |
| 7976 | } |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 | |
| 7979 | /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components) |
| 7980 | corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS) |
| 7981 | DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0, |
| 7982 | and may be NULL if there are none, or if the object of type TYPE at |
| 7983 | ADDRESS or in VALADDR contains these discriminants. */ |
| 7984 | |
| 7985 | struct type * |
| 7986 | ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 7987 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 7988 | { |
| 7989 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 7990 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 7991 | { |
| 7992 | default: |
| 7993 | return type; |
| 7994 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 7995 | { |
| 7996 | struct type *static_type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 7997 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (static_type, 0)) |
| 7998 | { |
| 7999 | struct type *real_type = |
| 8000 | type_from_tag (value_tag_from_contents_and_address (static_type, |
| 8001 | valaddr, |
| 8002 | address)); |
| 8003 | if (real_type != NULL) |
| 8004 | type = real_type; |
| 8005 | } |
| 8006 | return to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL); |
| 8007 | } |
| 8008 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 8009 | return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 1); |
| 8010 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 8011 | if (dval == NULL) |
| 8012 | return type; |
| 8013 | else |
| 8014 | return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 8015 | } |
| 8016 | } |
| 8017 | |
| 8018 | /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to |
| 8019 | TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */ |
| 8020 | |
| 8021 | static struct type * |
| 8022 | to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) |
| 8023 | { |
| 8024 | struct type *type; |
| 8025 | |
| 8026 | if (type0 == NULL) |
| 8027 | return NULL; |
| 8028 | |
| 8029 | if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE) |
| 8030 | return type0; |
| 8031 | |
| 8032 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type0); |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type0)) |
| 8035 | { |
| 8036 | default: |
| 8037 | return type0; |
| 8038 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 8039 | type = dynamic_template_type (type0); |
| 8040 | if (type != NULL) |
| 8041 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 8042 | else |
| 8043 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0); |
| 8044 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 8045 | type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU"); |
| 8046 | if (type != NULL) |
| 8047 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 8048 | else |
| 8049 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0); |
| 8050 | } |
| 8051 | } |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 | /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */ |
| 8054 | |
| 8055 | static struct type * |
| 8056 | static_unwrap_type (struct type *type) |
| 8057 | { |
| 8058 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8059 | { |
| 8060 | struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (check_typedef (type), 0); |
| 8061 | if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL) |
| 8062 | TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 | return static_unwrap_type (type1); |
| 8065 | } |
| 8066 | else |
| 8067 | { |
| 8068 | struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 8069 | if (raw_real_type == type) |
| 8070 | return type; |
| 8071 | else |
| 8072 | return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type); |
| 8073 | } |
| 8074 | } |
| 8075 | |
| 8076 | /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require |
| 8077 | cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example, |
| 8078 | type Foo; |
| 8079 | type FooP is access Foo; |
| 8080 | V: FooP; |
| 8081 | type Foo is array ...; |
| 8082 | ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing |
| 8083 | cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a |
| 8084 | stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is |
| 8085 | the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */ |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 | /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one |
| 8088 | exists, otherwise TYPE. */ |
| 8089 | |
| 8090 | struct type * |
| 8091 | ada_completed_type (struct type *type) |
| 8092 | { |
| 8093 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 8094 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 8095 | || (TYPE_FLAGS (type) & TYPE_FLAG_STUB) == 0 |
| 8096 | || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL) |
| 8097 | return type; |
| 8098 | else |
| 8099 | { |
| 8100 | char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type); |
| 8101 | struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 8102 | return (type1 == NULL) ? type : type1; |
| 8103 | } |
| 8104 | } |
| 8105 | |
| 8106 | /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by |
| 8107 | type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly |
| 8108 | describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard |
| 8109 | type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant |
| 8110 | creation of struct values]. */ |
| 8111 | |
| 8112 | static struct value * |
| 8113 | ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type *type0, CORE_ADDR address, |
| 8114 | struct value *val0) |
| 8115 | { |
| 8116 | struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, 0, address, NULL); |
| 8117 | if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL) |
| 8118 | return val0; |
| 8119 | else |
| 8120 | return value_from_contents_and_address (type, 0, address); |
| 8121 | } |
| 8122 | |
| 8123 | /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type |
| 8124 | that correctly describes it. Does not necessarily create a new |
| 8125 | value. */ |
| 8126 | |
| 8127 | static struct value * |
| 8128 | ada_to_fixed_value (struct value *val) |
| 8129 | { |
| 8130 | return ada_to_fixed_value_create (VALUE_TYPE (val), |
| 8131 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), |
| 8132 | val); |
| 8133 | } |
| 8134 | |
| 8135 | /* If the PC is pointing inside a function prologue, then re-adjust it |
| 8136 | past this prologue. */ |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 | static void |
| 8139 | adjust_pc_past_prologue (CORE_ADDR *pc) |
| 8140 | { |
| 8141 | struct symbol *func_sym = find_pc_function (*pc); |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 | if (func_sym) |
| 8144 | { |
| 8145 | const struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (func_sym, 1); |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 | if (*pc <= sal.pc) |
| 8148 | *pc = sal.pc; |
| 8149 | } |
| 8150 | } |
| 8151 | |
| 8152 | /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type |
| 8153 | chosen to approximate the real type of VAL as well as possible, but |
| 8154 | without consulting any runtime values. For Ada dynamic-sized |
| 8155 | types, therefore, the type of the result is likely to be inaccurate. */ |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 | struct value * |
| 8158 | ada_to_static_fixed_value (struct value *val) |
| 8159 | { |
| 8160 | struct type *type = |
| 8161 | to_static_fixed_type (static_unwrap_type (VALUE_TYPE (val))); |
| 8162 | if (type == VALUE_TYPE (val)) |
| 8163 | return val; |
| 8164 | else |
| 8165 | return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (val, type); |
| 8166 | } |
| 8167 | \f |
| 8168 | |
| 8169 | /* Attributes */ |
| 8170 | |
| 8171 | /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names. |
| 8172 | NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h. */ |
| 8173 | |
| 8174 | static const char *attribute_names[] = { |
| 8175 | "<?>", |
| 8176 | |
| 8177 | "first", |
| 8178 | "last", |
| 8179 | "length", |
| 8180 | "image", |
| 8181 | "max", |
| 8182 | "min", |
| 8183 | "modulus", |
| 8184 | "pos", |
| 8185 | "size", |
| 8186 | "tag", |
| 8187 | "val", |
| 8188 | 0 |
| 8189 | }; |
| 8190 | |
| 8191 | const char * |
| 8192 | ada_attribute_name (enum exp_opcode n) |
| 8193 | { |
| 8194 | if (n >= OP_ATR_FIRST && n <= (int) OP_ATR_VAL) |
| 8195 | return attribute_names[n - OP_ATR_FIRST + 1]; |
| 8196 | else |
| 8197 | return attribute_names[0]; |
| 8198 | } |
| 8199 | |
| 8200 | /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */ |
| 8201 | |
| 8202 | static LONGEST |
| 8203 | pos_atr (struct value *arg) |
| 8204 | { |
| 8205 | struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arg); |
| 8206 | |
| 8207 | if (!discrete_type_p (type)) |
| 8208 | error ("'POS only defined on discrete types"); |
| 8209 | |
| 8210 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 8211 | { |
| 8212 | int i; |
| 8213 | LONGEST v = value_as_long (arg); |
| 8214 | |
| 8215 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 8216 | { |
| 8217 | if (v == TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i)) |
| 8218 | return i; |
| 8219 | } |
| 8220 | error ("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS"); |
| 8221 | } |
| 8222 | else |
| 8223 | return value_as_long (arg); |
| 8224 | } |
| 8225 | |
| 8226 | static struct value * |
| 8227 | value_pos_atr (struct value *arg) |
| 8228 | { |
| 8229 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, pos_atr (arg)); |
| 8230 | } |
| 8231 | |
| 8232 | /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */ |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 | static struct value * |
| 8235 | value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 8236 | { |
| 8237 | if (!discrete_type_p (type)) |
| 8238 | error ("'VAL only defined on discrete types"); |
| 8239 | if (!integer_type_p (VALUE_TYPE (arg))) |
| 8240 | error ("'VAL requires integral argument"); |
| 8241 | |
| 8242 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 8243 | { |
| 8244 | long pos = value_as_long (arg); |
| 8245 | if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) |
| 8246 | error ("argument to 'VAL out of range"); |
| 8247 | return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, pos)); |
| 8248 | } |
| 8249 | else |
| 8250 | return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg)); |
| 8251 | } |
| 8252 | \f |
| 8253 | |
| 8254 | /* Evaluation */ |
| 8255 | |
| 8256 | /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type. |
| 8257 | [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character; |
| 8258 | It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */ |
| 8259 | |
| 8260 | int |
| 8261 | ada_is_character_type (struct type *type) |
| 8262 | { |
| 8263 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8264 | return |
| 8265 | name != NULL |
| 8266 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR |
| 8267 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 8268 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 8269 | && (strcmp (name, "character") == 0 |
| 8270 | || strcmp (name, "wide_character") == 0 |
| 8271 | || strcmp (name, "unsigned char") == 0); |
| 8272 | } |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 | /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */ |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 | int |
| 8277 | ada_is_string_type (struct type *type) |
| 8278 | { |
| 8279 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 8280 | if (type != NULL |
| 8281 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 8282 | && (ada_is_simple_array_type (type) || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 8283 | && ada_array_arity (type) == 1) |
| 8284 | { |
| 8285 | struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1); |
| 8286 | |
| 8287 | return ada_is_character_type (elttype); |
| 8288 | } |
| 8289 | else |
| 8290 | return 0; |
| 8291 | } |
| 8292 | |
| 8293 | |
| 8294 | /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the |
| 8295 | alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a |
| 8296 | distinctive name. */ |
| 8297 | |
| 8298 | int |
| 8299 | ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type) |
| 8300 | { |
| 8301 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 8302 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 8303 | && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1 |
| 8304 | && strcmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F") == 0); |
| 8305 | } |
| 8306 | |
| 8307 | /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return |
| 8308 | the parallel type. */ |
| 8309 | |
| 8310 | struct type * |
| 8311 | ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type) |
| 8312 | { |
| 8313 | struct type *real_type_namer; |
| 8314 | struct type *raw_real_type; |
| 8315 | |
| 8316 | if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 8317 | return raw_type; |
| 8318 | |
| 8319 | real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS"); |
| 8320 | if (real_type_namer == NULL |
| 8321 | || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 8322 | || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1) |
| 8323 | return raw_type; |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 | raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0)); |
| 8326 | if (raw_real_type == NULL) |
| 8327 | return raw_type; |
| 8328 | else |
| 8329 | return raw_real_type; |
| 8330 | } |
| 8331 | |
| 8332 | /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */ |
| 8333 | |
| 8334 | struct type * |
| 8335 | ada_aligned_type (struct type *type) |
| 8336 | { |
| 8337 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8338 | return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 8339 | else |
| 8340 | return ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 8341 | } |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 | |
| 8344 | /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR |
| 8345 | having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */ |
| 8346 | |
| 8347 | char * |
| 8348 | ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, char *valaddr) |
| 8349 | { |
| 8350 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8351 | return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0), |
| 8352 | valaddr + |
| 8353 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, |
| 8354 | 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); |
| 8355 | else |
| 8356 | return valaddr; |
| 8357 | } |
| 8358 | |
| 8359 | |
| 8360 | |
| 8361 | /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded |
| 8362 | name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */ |
| 8363 | const char * |
| 8364 | ada_enum_name (const char *name) |
| 8365 | { |
| 8366 | static char *result; |
| 8367 | static size_t result_len = 0; |
| 8368 | char *tmp; |
| 8369 | |
| 8370 | /* First, unqualify the enumeration name: |
| 8371 | 1. Search for the last '.' character. If we find one, then skip |
| 8372 | all the preceeding characters, the unqualified name starts |
| 8373 | right after that dot. |
| 8374 | 2. Otherwise, we may be debugging on a target where the compiler |
| 8375 | translates dots into "__". Search forward for double underscores, |
| 8376 | but stop searching when we hit an overloading suffix, which is |
| 8377 | of the form "__" followed by digits. */ |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | if ((tmp = strrchr (name, '.')) != NULL) |
| 8380 | name = tmp + 1; |
| 8381 | else |
| 8382 | { |
| 8383 | while ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL) |
| 8384 | { |
| 8385 | if (isdigit (tmp[2])) |
| 8386 | break; |
| 8387 | else |
| 8388 | name = tmp + 2; |
| 8389 | } |
| 8390 | } |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 | if (name[0] == 'Q') |
| 8393 | { |
| 8394 | int v; |
| 8395 | if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W') |
| 8396 | { |
| 8397 | if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1) |
| 8398 | return name; |
| 8399 | } |
| 8400 | else |
| 8401 | return name; |
| 8402 | |
| 8403 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, 16); |
| 8404 | if (isascii (v) && isprint (v)) |
| 8405 | sprintf (result, "'%c'", v); |
| 8406 | else if (name[1] == 'U') |
| 8407 | sprintf (result, "[\"%02x\"]", v); |
| 8408 | else |
| 8409 | sprintf (result, "[\"%04x\"]", v); |
| 8410 | |
| 8411 | return result; |
| 8412 | } |
| 8413 | else |
| 8414 | { |
| 8415 | if ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL |
| 8416 | || (tmp = strstr (name, "$")) != NULL) |
| 8417 | { |
| 8418 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, tmp - name + 1); |
| 8419 | strncpy (result, name, tmp - name); |
| 8420 | result[tmp - name] = '\0'; |
| 8421 | return result; |
| 8422 | } |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | return name; |
| 8425 | } |
| 8426 | } |
| 8427 | |
| 8428 | static struct value * |
| 8429 | evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, int *pos, |
| 8430 | enum noside noside) |
| 8431 | { |
| 8432 | return (*exp->language_defn->la_exp_desc->evaluate_exp) |
| 8433 | (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8434 | } |
| 8435 | |
| 8436 | /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for |
| 8437 | evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated |
| 8438 | expression. */ |
| 8439 | |
| 8440 | static struct value * |
| 8441 | evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos) |
| 8442 | { |
| 8443 | return (*exp->language_defn->la_exp_desc->evaluate_exp) |
| 8444 | (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS); |
| 8445 | } |
| 8446 | |
| 8447 | /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the |
| 8448 | value it wraps. */ |
| 8449 | |
| 8450 | static struct value * |
| 8451 | unwrap_value (struct value *val) |
| 8452 | { |
| 8453 | struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)); |
| 8454 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8455 | { |
| 8456 | struct value *v = value_struct_elt (&val, NULL, "F", |
| 8457 | NULL, "internal structure"); |
| 8458 | struct type *val_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (v)); |
| 8459 | if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL) |
| 8460 | TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8461 | |
| 8462 | return unwrap_value (v); |
| 8463 | } |
| 8464 | else |
| 8465 | { |
| 8466 | struct type *raw_real_type = |
| 8467 | ada_completed_type (ada_get_base_type (type)); |
| 8468 | |
| 8469 | if (type == raw_real_type) |
| 8470 | return val; |
| 8471 | |
| 8472 | return |
| 8473 | coerce_unspec_val_to_type |
| 8474 | (val, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0, |
| 8475 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), |
| 8476 | NULL)); |
| 8477 | } |
| 8478 | } |
| 8479 | |
| 8480 | static struct value * |
| 8481 | cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 8482 | { |
| 8483 | LONGEST val; |
| 8484 | |
| 8485 | if (type == VALUE_TYPE (arg)) |
| 8486 | return arg; |
| 8487 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg))) |
| 8488 | val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, |
| 8489 | ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg), |
| 8490 | value_as_long (arg))); |
| 8491 | else |
| 8492 | { |
| 8493 | DOUBLEST argd = |
| 8494 | value_as_double (value_cast (builtin_type_double, value_copy (arg))); |
| 8495 | val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd); |
| 8496 | } |
| 8497 | |
| 8498 | return value_from_longest (type, val); |
| 8499 | } |
| 8500 | |
| 8501 | static struct value * |
| 8502 | cast_from_fixed_to_double (struct value *arg) |
| 8503 | { |
| 8504 | DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg), |
| 8505 | value_as_long (arg)); |
| 8506 | return value_from_double (builtin_type_double, val); |
| 8507 | } |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 | /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and |
| 8510 | return the converted value. */ |
| 8511 | |
| 8512 | static struct value * |
| 8513 | coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val) |
| 8514 | { |
| 8515 | struct type *type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val); |
| 8516 | if (type == type2) |
| 8517 | return val; |
| 8518 | |
| 8519 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type2); |
| 8520 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 8521 | |
| 8522 | if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 8523 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 8524 | { |
| 8525 | val = ada_value_ind (val); |
| 8526 | type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val); |
| 8527 | } |
| 8528 | |
| 8529 | if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 8530 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 8531 | { |
| 8532 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2) != TYPE_LENGTH (type) |
| 8533 | || TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) |
| 8534 | != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2))) |
| 8535 | error ("Incompatible types in assignment"); |
| 8536 | VALUE_TYPE (val) = type; |
| 8537 | } |
| 8538 | return val; |
| 8539 | } |
| 8540 | |
| 8541 | static struct value * |
| 8542 | ada_value_binop (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2, enum exp_opcode op) |
| 8543 | { |
| 8544 | struct value *val; |
| 8545 | struct type *type1, *type2; |
| 8546 | LONGEST v, v1, v2; |
| 8547 | |
| 8548 | COERCE_REF (arg1); |
| 8549 | COERCE_REF (arg2); |
| 8550 | type1 = base_type (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))); |
| 8551 | type2 = base_type (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))); |
| 8552 | |
| 8553 | if (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_INT || TYPE_CODE (type2) != TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 8554 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 | switch (op) |
| 8557 | { |
| 8558 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 8559 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 8560 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 8561 | break; |
| 8562 | default: |
| 8563 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 8564 | } |
| 8565 | |
| 8566 | v2 = value_as_long (arg2); |
| 8567 | if (v2 == 0) |
| 8568 | error ("second operand of %s must not be zero.", op_string (op)); |
| 8569 | |
| 8570 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type1) || op == BINOP_MOD) |
| 8571 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 8572 | |
| 8573 | v1 = value_as_long (arg1); |
| 8574 | switch (op) |
| 8575 | { |
| 8576 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 8577 | v = v1 / v2; |
| 8578 | if (! TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO && v1 * (v1%v2) < 0) |
| 8579 | v += v > 0 ? -1 : 1; |
| 8580 | break; |
| 8581 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 8582 | v = v1 % v2; |
| 8583 | if (v*v1 < 0) |
| 8584 | v -= v2; |
| 8585 | break; |
| 8586 | default: |
| 8587 | /* Should not reach this point. */ |
| 8588 | v = 0; |
| 8589 | } |
| 8590 | |
| 8591 | val = allocate_value (type1); |
| 8592 | store_unsigned_integer (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), |
| 8593 | TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val)), |
| 8594 | v); |
| 8595 | return val; |
| 8596 | } |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 | static int |
| 8599 | ada_value_equal (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2) |
| 8600 | { |
| 8601 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)) |
| 8602 | || ada_is_direct_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 8603 | { |
| 8604 | arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 8605 | arg2 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg2); |
| 8606 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 8607 | || TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 8608 | error ("Attempt to compare array with non-array"); |
| 8609 | /* FIXME: The following works only for types whose |
| 8610 | representations use all bits (no padding or undefined bits) |
| 8611 | and do not have user-defined equality. */ |
| 8612 | return |
| 8613 | TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)) == TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)) |
| 8614 | && memcmp (VALUE_CONTENTS (arg1), VALUE_CONTENTS (arg2), |
| 8615 | TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) == 0; |
| 8616 | } |
| 8617 | return value_equal (arg1, arg2); |
| 8618 | } |
| 8619 | |
| 8620 | struct value * |
| 8621 | ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, |
| 8622 | int *pos, enum noside noside) |
| 8623 | { |
| 8624 | enum exp_opcode op; |
| 8625 | int tem, tem2, tem3; |
| 8626 | int pc; |
| 8627 | struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3; |
| 8628 | struct type *type; |
| 8629 | int nargs; |
| 8630 | struct value **argvec; |
| 8631 | |
| 8632 | pc = *pos; |
| 8633 | *pos += 1; |
| 8634 | op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 8635 | |
| 8636 | switch (op) |
| 8637 | { |
| 8638 | default: |
| 8639 | *pos -= 1; |
| 8640 | return |
| 8641 | unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard |
| 8642 | (expect_type, exp, pos, noside)); |
| 8643 | |
| 8644 | case OP_STRING: |
| 8645 | { |
| 8646 | struct value *result; |
| 8647 | *pos -= 1; |
| 8648 | result = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8649 | /* The result type will have code OP_STRING, bashed there from |
| 8650 | OP_ARRAY. Bash it back. */ |
| 8651 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (result)) == TYPE_CODE_STRING) |
| 8652 | TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (result)) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY; |
| 8653 | return result; |
| 8654 | } |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 | case UNOP_CAST: |
| 8657 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 8658 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 8659 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8660 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8661 | goto nosideret; |
| 8662 | if (type != check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 8663 | { |
| 8664 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type)) |
| 8665 | arg1 = cast_to_fixed (type, arg1); |
| 8666 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 8667 | arg1 = value_cast (type, cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1)); |
| 8668 | else if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_memory) |
| 8669 | { |
| 8670 | /* This is in case of the really obscure (and undocumented, |
| 8671 | but apparently expected) case of (Foo) Bar.all, where Bar |
| 8672 | is an integer constant and Foo is a dynamic-sized type. |
| 8673 | If we don't do this, ARG1 will simply be relabeled with |
| 8674 | TYPE. */ |
| 8675 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8676 | return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type), not_lval); |
| 8677 | arg1 = |
| 8678 | ada_to_fixed_value_create |
| 8679 | (type, VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) + VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), 0); |
| 8680 | } |
| 8681 | else |
| 8682 | arg1 = value_cast (type, arg1); |
| 8683 | } |
| 8684 | return arg1; |
| 8685 | |
| 8686 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 8687 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 8688 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 8689 | return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8690 | |
| 8691 | case BINOP_ASSIGN: |
| 8692 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8693 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), exp, pos, noside); |
| 8694 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8695 | return arg1; |
| 8696 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 8697 | arg2 = cast_to_fixed (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2); |
| 8698 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 8699 | error |
| 8700 | ("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables"); |
| 8701 | else |
| 8702 | arg2 = coerce_for_assign (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2); |
| 8703 | return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2); |
| 8704 | |
| 8705 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 8706 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 8707 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 8708 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8709 | goto nosideret; |
| 8710 | if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)) |
| 8711 | || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 8712 | && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2)) |
| 8713 | error |
| 8714 | ("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type"); |
| 8715 | return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_add (arg1, arg2)); |
| 8716 | |
| 8717 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 8718 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 8719 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 8720 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8721 | goto nosideret; |
| 8722 | if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)) |
| 8723 | || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 8724 | && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2)) |
| 8725 | error |
| 8726 | ("Operands of fixed-point subtraction must have the same type"); |
| 8727 | return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_sub (arg1, arg2)); |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 8730 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 8731 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8732 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8733 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8734 | goto nosideret; |
| 8735 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS |
| 8736 | && (op == BINOP_DIV || op == BINOP_REM || op == BINOP_MOD)) |
| 8737 | return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval); |
| 8738 | else |
| 8739 | { |
| 8740 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 8741 | arg1 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1); |
| 8742 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 8743 | arg2 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg2); |
| 8744 | return ada_value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 8745 | } |
| 8746 | |
| 8747 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 8748 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 8749 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8750 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8751 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8752 | goto nosideret; |
| 8753 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS |
| 8754 | && (op == BINOP_DIV || op == BINOP_REM || op == BINOP_MOD)) |
| 8755 | return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval); |
| 8756 | else |
| 8757 | return ada_value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 8758 | |
| 8759 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 8760 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 8761 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8762 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), exp, pos, noside); |
| 8763 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8764 | goto nosideret; |
| 8765 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8766 | tem = 0; |
| 8767 | else |
| 8768 | tem = ada_value_equal (arg1, arg2); |
| 8769 | if (op == BINOP_NOTEQUAL) |
| 8770 | tem = ! tem; |
| 8771 | return value_from_longest (LA_BOOL_TYPE, (LONGEST) tem); |
| 8772 | |
| 8773 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 8774 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8775 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8776 | goto nosideret; |
| 8777 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 8778 | return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_neg (arg1)); |
| 8779 | else |
| 8780 | return value_neg (arg1); |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 8783 | *pos -= 1; |
| 8784 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8785 | { |
| 8786 | *pos += 4; |
| 8787 | goto nosideret; |
| 8788 | } |
| 8789 | else if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 8790 | /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a |
| 8791 | context other than a function call, in which case, it is |
| 8792 | illegal. */ |
| 8793 | error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation", |
| 8794 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 8795 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8796 | { |
| 8797 | *pos += 4; |
| 8798 | return value_zero |
| 8799 | (to_static_fixed_type |
| 8800 | (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))), |
| 8801 | not_lval); |
| 8802 | } |
| 8803 | else |
| 8804 | { |
| 8805 | arg1 = |
| 8806 | unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard |
| 8807 | (expect_type, exp, pos, noside)); |
| 8808 | return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1); |
| 8809 | } |
| 8810 | |
| 8811 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 8812 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 8813 | |
| 8814 | /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be |
| 8815 | called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL. */ |
| 8816 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 8817 | argvec = |
| 8818 | (struct value **) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2)); |
| 8819 | |
| 8820 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 8821 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 8822 | error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation", |
| 8823 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol)); |
| 8824 | else |
| 8825 | { |
| 8826 | for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1) |
| 8827 | argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8828 | argvec[tem] = 0; |
| 8829 | |
| 8830 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8831 | goto nosideret; |
| 8832 | } |
| 8833 | |
| 8834 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (desc_base_type (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])))) |
| 8835 | argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]); |
| 8836 | else if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 8837 | || (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 8838 | && VALUE_LVAL (argvec[0]) == lval_memory)) |
| 8839 | argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]); |
| 8840 | |
| 8841 | type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])); |
| 8842 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 8843 | { |
| 8844 | switch (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))) |
| 8845 | { |
| 8846 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: |
| 8847 | type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 8848 | break; |
| 8849 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 8850 | break; |
| 8851 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 8852 | if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8853 | argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]); |
| 8854 | type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 8855 | break; |
| 8856 | default: |
| 8857 | error ("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'", |
| 8858 | ada_type_name (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0]))); |
| 8859 | break; |
| 8860 | } |
| 8861 | } |
| 8862 | |
| 8863 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 8864 | { |
| 8865 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: |
| 8866 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8867 | return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 8868 | return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1); |
| 8869 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 8870 | { |
| 8871 | int arity; |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 | /* Make sure to use the parallel ___XVS type if any. |
| 8874 | Otherwise, we won't be able to find the array arity |
| 8875 | and element type. */ |
| 8876 | type = ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 8877 | |
| 8878 | arity = ada_array_arity (type); |
| 8879 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 8880 | if (type == NULL) |
| 8881 | error ("cannot subscript or call a record"); |
| 8882 | if (arity != nargs) |
| 8883 | error ("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d", arity); |
| 8884 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8885 | return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type)); |
| 8886 | return |
| 8887 | unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript |
| 8888 | (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 8889 | } |
| 8890 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 8891 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8892 | { |
| 8893 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 8894 | if (type == NULL) |
| 8895 | error ("element type of array unknown"); |
| 8896 | else |
| 8897 | return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type)); |
| 8898 | } |
| 8899 | return |
| 8900 | unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript |
| 8901 | (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]), |
| 8902 | nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 8903 | case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */ |
| 8904 | type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1); |
| 8905 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8906 | { |
| 8907 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 8908 | if (type == NULL) |
| 8909 | error ("element type of array unknown"); |
| 8910 | else |
| 8911 | return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type)); |
| 8912 | } |
| 8913 | return |
| 8914 | unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type, |
| 8915 | nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 | default: |
| 8918 | error ("Internal error in evaluate_subexp"); |
| 8919 | } |
| 8920 | |
| 8921 | case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| 8922 | { |
| 8923 | struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8924 | struct value *low_bound_val = |
| 8925 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 8926 | LONGEST low_bound = pos_atr (low_bound_val); |
| 8927 | LONGEST high_bound |
| 8928 | = pos_atr (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside)); |
| 8929 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 8930 | goto nosideret; |
| 8931 | |
| 8932 | /* If this is a reference type or a pointer type, and |
| 8933 | the target type has an XVS parallel type, then get |
| 8934 | the real target type. */ |
| 8935 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 8936 | || TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 8937 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) = |
| 8938 | ada_get_base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))); |
| 8939 | |
| 8940 | /* If this is a reference to an aligner type, then remove all |
| 8941 | the aligners. */ |
| 8942 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 8943 | && ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)))) |
| 8944 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) = |
| 8945 | ada_aligned_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))); |
| 8946 | |
| 8947 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (array))) |
| 8948 | error ("cannot slice a packed array"); |
| 8949 | |
| 8950 | /* If this is a reference to an array or an array lvalue, |
| 8951 | convert to a pointer. */ |
| 8952 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 8953 | || (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 8954 | && VALUE_LVAL (array) == lval_memory)) |
| 8955 | array = value_addr (array); |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS && |
| 8958 | ada_is_array_descriptor_type (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array)))) |
| 8959 | { |
| 8960 | /* Try dereferencing the array, in case it is an access |
| 8961 | to array. */ |
| 8962 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (array, 0); |
| 8963 | if (arrType != NULL) |
| 8964 | array = value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL); |
| 8965 | } |
| 8966 | |
| 8967 | array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (array); |
| 8968 | |
| 8969 | /* When EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS, we may get the bounds wrong, |
| 8970 | but only in contexts where the value is not being requested |
| 8971 | (FIXME?). */ |
| 8972 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 8973 | { |
| 8974 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8975 | return ada_value_ind (array); |
| 8976 | else if (high_bound < low_bound) |
| 8977 | return empty_array (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)), |
| 8978 | low_bound); |
| 8979 | else |
| 8980 | { |
| 8981 | struct type *arr_type0 = |
| 8982 | to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)), |
| 8983 | NULL, 1); |
| 8984 | struct value *item0 = |
| 8985 | ada_value_ptr_subscript (array, arr_type0, 1, |
| 8986 | &low_bound_val); |
| 8987 | struct value *slice = |
| 8988 | value_repeat (item0, high_bound - low_bound + 1); |
| 8989 | struct type *arr_type1 = VALUE_TYPE (slice); |
| 8990 | TYPE_LOW_BOUND (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (arr_type1)) = low_bound; |
| 8991 | TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (arr_type1)) += low_bound; |
| 8992 | return slice; |
| 8993 | } |
| 8994 | } |
| 8995 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 8996 | return array; |
| 8997 | else if (high_bound < low_bound) |
| 8998 | return empty_array (VALUE_TYPE (array), low_bound); |
| 8999 | else |
| 9000 | return value_slice (array, low_bound, high_bound - low_bound + 1); |
| 9001 | } |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 9004 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 9005 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9006 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 9007 | |
| 9008 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9009 | goto nosideret; |
| 9010 | |
| 9011 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 9012 | { |
| 9013 | default: |
| 9014 | lim_warning ("Membership test incompletely implemented; " |
| 9015 | "always returns true", 0); |
| 9016 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) 1); |
| 9017 | |
| 9018 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 9019 | arg2 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 9020 | TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type)); |
| 9021 | arg3 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 9022 | TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type)); |
| 9023 | return |
| 9024 | value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 9025 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 9026 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 9027 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 9028 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 9029 | } |
| 9030 | |
| 9031 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 9032 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 9033 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9034 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9035 | |
| 9036 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9037 | goto nosideret; |
| 9038 | |
| 9039 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9040 | return value_zero (builtin_type_int, not_lval); |
| 9041 | |
| 9042 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 9043 | |
| 9044 | if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 9045 | error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", "range"); |
| 9046 | |
| 9047 | arg3 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1); |
| 9048 | arg2 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0); |
| 9049 | |
| 9050 | return |
| 9051 | value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 9052 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 9053 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 9054 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 9055 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 9058 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9059 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9060 | arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9063 | goto nosideret; |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 | return |
| 9066 | value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 9067 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 9068 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 9069 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 9070 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 9071 | |
| 9072 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 9073 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 9074 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 9075 | { |
| 9076 | struct type *type_arg; |
| 9077 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) |
| 9078 | { |
| 9079 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9080 | arg1 = NULL; |
| 9081 | type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 2].type; |
| 9082 | } |
| 9083 | else |
| 9084 | { |
| 9085 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9086 | type_arg = NULL; |
| 9087 | } |
| 9088 | |
| 9089 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG) |
| 9090 | error ("illegal operand to '%s", ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 9091 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos + 2].longconst); |
| 9092 | *pos += 4; |
| 9093 | |
| 9094 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9095 | goto nosideret; |
| 9096 | |
| 9097 | if (type_arg == NULL) |
| 9098 | { |
| 9099 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 9100 | |
| 9101 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 9102 | arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 9103 | |
| 9104 | if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 9105 | error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", |
| 9106 | ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9109 | { |
| 9110 | type = ada_index_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), tem); |
| 9111 | if (type == NULL) |
| 9112 | error |
| 9113 | ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array"); |
| 9114 | return allocate_value (type); |
| 9115 | } |
| 9116 | |
| 9117 | switch (op) |
| 9118 | { |
| 9119 | default: /* Should never happen. */ |
| 9120 | error ("unexpected attribute encountered"); |
| 9121 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 9122 | return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0); |
| 9123 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 9124 | return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1); |
| 9125 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 9126 | return ada_array_length (arg1, tem); |
| 9127 | } |
| 9128 | } |
| 9129 | else if (discrete_type_p (type_arg)) |
| 9130 | { |
| 9131 | struct type *range_type; |
| 9132 | char *name = ada_type_name (type_arg); |
| 9133 | range_type = NULL; |
| 9134 | if (name != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type_arg) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 9135 | range_type = |
| 9136 | to_fixed_range_type (name, NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (type_arg)); |
| 9137 | if (range_type == NULL) |
| 9138 | range_type = type_arg; |
| 9139 | switch (op) |
| 9140 | { |
| 9141 | default: |
| 9142 | error ("unexpected attribute encountered"); |
| 9143 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 9144 | return discrete_type_low_bound (range_type); |
| 9145 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 9146 | return discrete_type_high_bound (range_type); |
| 9147 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 9148 | error ("the 'length attribute applies only to array types"); |
| 9149 | } |
| 9150 | } |
| 9151 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) |
| 9152 | error ("unimplemented type attribute"); |
| 9153 | else |
| 9154 | { |
| 9155 | LONGEST low, high; |
| 9156 | |
| 9157 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type_arg)) |
| 9158 | type_arg = decode_packed_array_type (type_arg); |
| 9159 | |
| 9160 | if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (type_arg)) |
| 9161 | error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", |
| 9162 | ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 9163 | |
| 9164 | type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem); |
| 9165 | if (type == NULL) |
| 9166 | error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array"); |
| 9167 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9168 | return allocate_value (type); |
| 9169 | |
| 9170 | switch (op) |
| 9171 | { |
| 9172 | default: |
| 9173 | error ("unexpected attribute encountered"); |
| 9174 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 9175 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type); |
| 9176 | return value_from_longest (type, low); |
| 9177 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 9178 | high = |
| 9179 | ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, &type); |
| 9180 | return value_from_longest (type, high); |
| 9181 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 9182 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type); |
| 9183 | high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, NULL); |
| 9184 | return value_from_longest (type, high - low + 1); |
| 9185 | } |
| 9186 | } |
| 9187 | } |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 9190 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9191 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9192 | goto nosideret; |
| 9193 | |
| 9194 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9195 | return value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 9196 | |
| 9197 | return ada_value_tag (arg1); |
| 9198 | |
| 9199 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 9200 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 9201 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9202 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9203 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9204 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9205 | goto nosideret; |
| 9206 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9207 | return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval); |
| 9208 | else |
| 9209 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, |
| 9210 | op == OP_ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX); |
| 9211 | |
| 9212 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 9213 | { |
| 9214 | struct type *type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 2].type; |
| 9215 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9216 | |
| 9217 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9218 | goto nosideret; |
| 9219 | |
| 9220 | if (!ada_is_modular_type (type_arg)) |
| 9221 | error ("'modulus must be applied to modular type"); |
| 9222 | |
| 9223 | return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg), |
| 9224 | ada_modulus (type_arg)); |
| 9225 | } |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 | |
| 9228 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 9229 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9230 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9231 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9232 | goto nosideret; |
| 9233 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9234 | return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval); |
| 9235 | else |
| 9236 | return value_pos_atr (arg1); |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 9239 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9240 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9241 | goto nosideret; |
| 9242 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9243 | return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval); |
| 9244 | else |
| 9245 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, |
| 9246 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT |
| 9247 | * TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))); |
| 9248 | |
| 9249 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 9250 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9251 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9252 | type = exp->elts[pc + 2].type; |
| 9253 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9254 | goto nosideret; |
| 9255 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9256 | return value_zero (type, not_lval); |
| 9257 | else |
| 9258 | return value_val_atr (type, arg1); |
| 9259 | |
| 9260 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 9261 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9262 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9263 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9264 | goto nosideret; |
| 9265 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9266 | return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval); |
| 9267 | else |
| 9268 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 9271 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9272 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9273 | goto nosideret; |
| 9274 | else |
| 9275 | return arg1; |
| 9276 | |
| 9277 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 9278 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9279 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9280 | goto nosideret; |
| 9281 | if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval))) |
| 9282 | return value_neg (arg1); |
| 9283 | else |
| 9284 | return arg1; |
| 9285 | |
| 9286 | case UNOP_IND: |
| 9287 | if (expect_type && TYPE_CODE (expect_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 9288 | expect_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (expect_type)); |
| 9289 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9290 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9291 | goto nosideret; |
| 9292 | type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)); |
| 9293 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9294 | { |
| 9295 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 9296 | /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ |
| 9297 | { |
| 9298 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0); |
| 9299 | if (arrType == NULL) |
| 9300 | error ("Attempt to dereference null array pointer."); |
| 9301 | return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL); |
| 9302 | } |
| 9303 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 9304 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 9305 | /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */ |
| 9306 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 9307 | return |
| 9308 | value_zero |
| 9309 | (to_static_fixed_type |
| 9310 | (ada_aligned_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))), |
| 9311 | lval_memory); |
| 9312 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 9313 | /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */ |
| 9314 | return value_zero (builtin_type_int, lval_memory); |
| 9315 | else |
| 9316 | error ("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value."); |
| 9317 | } |
| 9318 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); /* FIXME: What is this for?? */ |
| 9319 | type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)); |
| 9320 | |
| 9321 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 9322 | /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ |
| 9323 | return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 9324 | else |
| 9325 | return ada_value_ind (arg1); |
| 9326 | |
| 9327 | case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: |
| 9328 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 9329 | (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1); |
| 9330 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9331 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9332 | goto nosideret; |
| 9333 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9334 | { |
| 9335 | struct type *type1 = VALUE_TYPE (arg1); |
| 9336 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (type1, 1)) |
| 9337 | { |
| 9338 | type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1, |
| 9339 | &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, |
| 9340 | 1, 1, NULL); |
| 9341 | if (type == NULL) |
| 9342 | /* In this case, we assume that the field COULD exist |
| 9343 | in some extension of the type. Return an object of |
| 9344 | "type" void, which will match any formal |
| 9345 | (see ada_type_match). */ |
| 9346 | return value_zero (builtin_type_void, lval_memory); |
| 9347 | } |
| 9348 | else |
| 9349 | type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, |
| 9350 | 1, 0, NULL); |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 9353 | } |
| 9354 | else |
| 9355 | return |
| 9356 | ada_to_fixed_value (unwrap_value |
| 9357 | (ada_value_struct_elt |
| 9358 | (arg1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, "record"))); |
| 9359 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 9360 | /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it |
| 9361 | easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */ |
| 9362 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 9363 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 9364 | goto nosideret; |
| 9365 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 9366 | return allocate_value (builtin_type_void); |
| 9367 | else |
| 9368 | error ("Attempt to use a type name as an expression"); |
| 9369 | } |
| 9370 | |
| 9371 | nosideret: |
| 9372 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, (LONGEST) 1); |
| 9373 | } |
| 9374 | \f |
| 9375 | |
| 9376 | /* Fixed point */ |
| 9377 | |
| 9378 | /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the |
| 9379 | type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information. |
| 9380 | Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 9381 | |
| 9382 | static const char * |
| 9383 | fixed_type_info (struct type *type) |
| 9384 | { |
| 9385 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 9386 | enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type); |
| 9387 | |
| 9388 | if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL) |
| 9389 | { |
| 9390 | const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_"); |
| 9391 | if (tail == NULL) |
| 9392 | return NULL; |
| 9393 | else |
| 9394 | return tail + 5; |
| 9395 | } |
| 9396 | else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type) |
| 9397 | return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 9398 | else |
| 9399 | return NULL; |
| 9400 | } |
| 9401 | |
| 9402 | /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */ |
| 9403 | |
| 9404 | int |
| 9405 | ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type) |
| 9406 | { |
| 9407 | return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL; |
| 9408 | } |
| 9409 | |
| 9410 | /* Return non-zero iff TYPE represents a System.Address type. */ |
| 9411 | |
| 9412 | int |
| 9413 | ada_is_system_address_type (struct type *type) |
| 9414 | { |
| 9415 | return (TYPE_NAME (type) |
| 9416 | && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (type), "system__address") == 0); |
| 9417 | } |
| 9418 | |
| 9419 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point |
| 9420 | type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the |
| 9421 | delta cannot be determined. */ |
| 9422 | |
| 9423 | DOUBLEST |
| 9424 | ada_delta (struct type *type) |
| 9425 | { |
| 9426 | const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); |
| 9427 | long num, den; |
| 9428 | |
| 9429 | if (sscanf (encoding, "_%ld_%ld", &num, &den) < 2) |
| 9430 | return -1.0; |
| 9431 | else |
| 9432 | return (DOUBLEST) num / (DOUBLEST) den; |
| 9433 | } |
| 9434 | |
| 9435 | /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling |
| 9436 | factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */ |
| 9437 | |
| 9438 | static DOUBLEST |
| 9439 | scaling_factor (struct type *type) |
| 9440 | { |
| 9441 | const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); |
| 9442 | unsigned long num0, den0, num1, den1; |
| 9443 | int n; |
| 9444 | |
| 9445 | n = sscanf (encoding, "_%lu_%lu_%lu_%lu", &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1); |
| 9446 | |
| 9447 | if (n < 2) |
| 9448 | return 1.0; |
| 9449 | else if (n == 4) |
| 9450 | return (DOUBLEST) num1 / (DOUBLEST) den1; |
| 9451 | else |
| 9452 | return (DOUBLEST) num0 / (DOUBLEST) den0; |
| 9453 | } |
| 9454 | |
| 9455 | |
| 9456 | /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point |
| 9457 | type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */ |
| 9458 | |
| 9459 | DOUBLEST |
| 9460 | ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x) |
| 9461 | { |
| 9462 | return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type); |
| 9463 | } |
| 9464 | |
| 9465 | /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE |
| 9466 | corresponding to the value X. */ |
| 9467 | |
| 9468 | LONGEST |
| 9469 | ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x) |
| 9470 | { |
| 9471 | return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5); |
| 9472 | } |
| 9473 | |
| 9474 | |
| 9475 | /* VAX floating formats */ |
| 9476 | |
| 9477 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents one of the special VAX floating-point |
| 9478 | types. */ |
| 9479 | |
| 9480 | int |
| 9481 | ada_is_vax_floating_type (struct type *type) |
| 9482 | { |
| 9483 | int name_len = |
| 9484 | (ada_type_name (type) == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (ada_type_name (type)); |
| 9485 | return |
| 9486 | name_len > 6 |
| 9487 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 9488 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 9489 | && strncmp (ada_type_name (type) + name_len - 6, "___XF", 5) == 0; |
| 9490 | } |
| 9491 | |
| 9492 | /* The type of special VAX floating-point type this is, assuming |
| 9493 | ada_is_vax_floating_point. */ |
| 9494 | |
| 9495 | int |
| 9496 | ada_vax_float_type_suffix (struct type *type) |
| 9497 | { |
| 9498 | return ada_type_name (type)[strlen (ada_type_name (type)) - 1]; |
| 9499 | } |
| 9500 | |
| 9501 | /* A value representing the special debugging function that outputs |
| 9502 | VAX floating-point values of the type represented by TYPE. Assumes |
| 9503 | ada_is_vax_floating_type (TYPE). */ |
| 9504 | |
| 9505 | struct value * |
| 9506 | ada_vax_float_print_function (struct type *type) |
| 9507 | { |
| 9508 | switch (ada_vax_float_type_suffix (type)) |
| 9509 | { |
| 9510 | case 'F': |
| 9511 | return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_F", 0); |
| 9512 | case 'D': |
| 9513 | return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_D", 0); |
| 9514 | case 'G': |
| 9515 | return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_G", 0); |
| 9516 | default: |
| 9517 | error ("invalid VAX floating-point type"); |
| 9518 | } |
| 9519 | } |
| 9520 | \f |
| 9521 | |
| 9522 | /* Range types */ |
| 9523 | |
| 9524 | /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and |
| 9525 | return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If |
| 9526 | PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the |
| 9527 | name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do |
| 9528 | not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */ |
| 9529 | |
| 9530 | static int |
| 9531 | scan_discrim_bound (char *str, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px, |
| 9532 | int *pnew_k) |
| 9533 | { |
| 9534 | static char *bound_buffer = NULL; |
| 9535 | static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0; |
| 9536 | char *bound; |
| 9537 | char *pend; |
| 9538 | struct value *bound_val; |
| 9539 | |
| 9540 | if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0') |
| 9541 | return 0; |
| 9542 | |
| 9543 | pend = strstr (str + k, "__"); |
| 9544 | if (pend == NULL) |
| 9545 | { |
| 9546 | bound = str + k; |
| 9547 | k += strlen (bound); |
| 9548 | } |
| 9549 | else |
| 9550 | { |
| 9551 | GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1); |
| 9552 | bound = bound_buffer; |
| 9553 | strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k)); |
| 9554 | bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0'; |
| 9555 | k = pend - str; |
| 9556 | } |
| 9557 | |
| 9558 | bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, VALUE_TYPE (dval)); |
| 9559 | if (bound_val == NULL) |
| 9560 | return 0; |
| 9561 | |
| 9562 | *px = value_as_long (bound_val); |
| 9563 | if (pnew_k != NULL) |
| 9564 | *pnew_k = k; |
| 9565 | return 1; |
| 9566 | } |
| 9567 | |
| 9568 | /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If |
| 9569 | no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and |
| 9570 | otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */ |
| 9571 | |
| 9572 | static struct value * |
| 9573 | get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg) |
| 9574 | { |
| 9575 | struct ada_symbol_info *syms; |
| 9576 | int nsyms; |
| 9577 | |
| 9578 | nsyms = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (0), VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 9579 | &syms); |
| 9580 | |
| 9581 | if (nsyms != 1) |
| 9582 | { |
| 9583 | if (err_msg == NULL) |
| 9584 | return 0; |
| 9585 | else |
| 9586 | error ("%s", err_msg); |
| 9587 | } |
| 9588 | |
| 9589 | return value_of_variable (syms[0].sym, syms[0].block); |
| 9590 | } |
| 9591 | |
| 9592 | /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If |
| 9593 | no such variable found, returns 0, and sets *FLAG to 0. If |
| 9594 | successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */ |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 | LONGEST |
| 9597 | get_int_var_value (char *name, int *flag) |
| 9598 | { |
| 9599 | struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, 0); |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 | if (var_val == 0) |
| 9602 | { |
| 9603 | if (flag != NULL) |
| 9604 | *flag = 0; |
| 9605 | return 0; |
| 9606 | } |
| 9607 | else |
| 9608 | { |
| 9609 | if (flag != NULL) |
| 9610 | *flag = 1; |
| 9611 | return value_as_long (var_val); |
| 9612 | } |
| 9613 | } |
| 9614 | |
| 9615 | |
| 9616 | /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named |
| 9617 | NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated |
| 9618 | from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions. |
| 9619 | Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. If a new type |
| 9620 | must be created, allocate in OBJFILE's space. The bounds |
| 9621 | information, in general, is encoded in NAME, the base type given in |
| 9622 | the named range type. */ |
| 9623 | |
| 9624 | static struct type * |
| 9625 | to_fixed_range_type (char *name, struct value *dval, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 9626 | { |
| 9627 | struct type *raw_type = ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 9628 | struct type *base_type; |
| 9629 | char *subtype_info; |
| 9630 | |
| 9631 | if (raw_type == NULL) |
| 9632 | base_type = builtin_type_int; |
| 9633 | else if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 9634 | base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type); |
| 9635 | else |
| 9636 | base_type = raw_type; |
| 9637 | |
| 9638 | subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD"); |
| 9639 | if (subtype_info == NULL) |
| 9640 | return raw_type; |
| 9641 | else |
| 9642 | { |
| 9643 | static char *name_buf = NULL; |
| 9644 | static size_t name_len = 0; |
| 9645 | int prefix_len = subtype_info - name; |
| 9646 | LONGEST L, U; |
| 9647 | struct type *type; |
| 9648 | char *bounds_str; |
| 9649 | int n; |
| 9650 | |
| 9651 | GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5); |
| 9652 | strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len); |
| 9653 | name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0'; |
| 9654 | |
| 9655 | subtype_info += 5; |
| 9656 | bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_'); |
| 9657 | n = 1; |
| 9658 | |
| 9659 | if (*subtype_info == 'L') |
| 9660 | { |
| 9661 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n) |
| 9662 | && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n)) |
| 9663 | return raw_type; |
| 9664 | if (bounds_str[n] == '_') |
| 9665 | n += 2; |
| 9666 | else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */ |
| 9667 | n += 1; |
| 9668 | subtype_info += 1; |
| 9669 | } |
| 9670 | else |
| 9671 | { |
| 9672 | int ok; |
| 9673 | strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L"); |
| 9674 | L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, &ok); |
| 9675 | if (!ok) |
| 9676 | { |
| 9677 | lim_warning ("Unknown lower bound, using 1.", 1); |
| 9678 | L = 1; |
| 9679 | } |
| 9680 | } |
| 9681 | |
| 9682 | if (*subtype_info == 'U') |
| 9683 | { |
| 9684 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n) |
| 9685 | && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n)) |
| 9686 | return raw_type; |
| 9687 | } |
| 9688 | else |
| 9689 | { |
| 9690 | int ok; |
| 9691 | strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U"); |
| 9692 | U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, &ok); |
| 9693 | if (!ok) |
| 9694 | { |
| 9695 | lim_warning ("Unknown upper bound, using %ld.", (long) L); |
| 9696 | U = L; |
| 9697 | } |
| 9698 | } |
| 9699 | |
| 9700 | if (objfile == NULL) |
| 9701 | objfile = TYPE_OBJFILE (base_type); |
| 9702 | type = create_range_type (alloc_type (objfile), base_type, L, U); |
| 9703 | TYPE_NAME (type) = name; |
| 9704 | return type; |
| 9705 | } |
| 9706 | } |
| 9707 | |
| 9708 | /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */ |
| 9709 | |
| 9710 | int |
| 9711 | ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name) |
| 9712 | { |
| 9713 | return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD")); |
| 9714 | } |
| 9715 | \f |
| 9716 | |
| 9717 | /* Modular types */ |
| 9718 | |
| 9719 | /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */ |
| 9720 | |
| 9721 | int |
| 9722 | ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type) |
| 9723 | { |
| 9724 | struct type *subranged_type = base_type (type); |
| 9725 | |
| 9726 | return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE |
| 9727 | && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 9728 | && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type)); |
| 9729 | } |
| 9730 | |
| 9731 | /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */ |
| 9732 | |
| 9733 | LONGEST |
| 9734 | ada_modulus (struct type * type) |
| 9735 | { |
| 9736 | return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1; |
| 9737 | } |
| 9738 | \f |
| 9739 | /* Operators */ |
| 9740 | /* Information about operators given special treatment in functions |
| 9741 | below. */ |
| 9742 | /* Format: OP_DEFN (<operator>, <operator length>, <# args>, <binop>). */ |
| 9743 | |
| 9744 | #define ADA_OPERATORS \ |
| 9745 | OP_DEFN (OP_VAR_VALUE, 4, 0, 0) \ |
| 9746 | OP_DEFN (BINOP_IN_BOUNDS, 3, 2, 0) \ |
| 9747 | OP_DEFN (TERNOP_IN_RANGE, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 9748 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_FIRST, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 9749 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LAST, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 9750 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LENGTH, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 9751 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_IMAGE, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 9752 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MAX, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 9753 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MIN, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 9754 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MODULUS, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 9755 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_POS, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 9756 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_SIZE, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 9757 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_TAG, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 9758 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_VAL, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 9759 | OP_DEFN (UNOP_QUAL, 3, 1, 0) \ |
| 9760 | OP_DEFN (UNOP_IN_RANGE, 3, 1, 0) |
| 9761 | |
| 9762 | static void |
| 9763 | ada_operator_length (struct expression *exp, int pc, int *oplenp, int *argsp) |
| 9764 | { |
| 9765 | switch (exp->elts[pc - 1].opcode) |
| 9766 | { |
| 9767 | default: |
| 9768 | operator_length_standard (exp, pc, oplenp, argsp); |
| 9769 | break; |
| 9770 | |
| 9771 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \ |
| 9772 | case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break; |
| 9773 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 9774 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 9775 | } |
| 9776 | } |
| 9777 | |
| 9778 | static char * |
| 9779 | ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode opcode) |
| 9780 | { |
| 9781 | switch (opcode) |
| 9782 | { |
| 9783 | default: |
| 9784 | return op_name_standard (opcode); |
| 9785 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) case op: return #op; |
| 9786 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 9787 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 9788 | } |
| 9789 | } |
| 9790 | |
| 9791 | /* As for operator_length, but assumes PC is pointing at the first |
| 9792 | element of the operator, and gives meaningful results only for the |
| 9793 | Ada-specific operators. */ |
| 9794 | |
| 9795 | static void |
| 9796 | ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression *exp, int pc, |
| 9797 | int *oplenp, int *argsp) |
| 9798 | { |
| 9799 | switch (exp->elts[pc].opcode) |
| 9800 | { |
| 9801 | default: |
| 9802 | *oplenp = *argsp = 0; |
| 9803 | break; |
| 9804 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \ |
| 9805 | case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break; |
| 9806 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 9807 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 9808 | } |
| 9809 | } |
| 9810 | |
| 9811 | static int |
| 9812 | ada_dump_subexp_body (struct expression *exp, struct ui_file *stream, int elt) |
| 9813 | { |
| 9814 | enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[elt].opcode; |
| 9815 | int oplen, nargs; |
| 9816 | int pc = elt; |
| 9817 | int i; |
| 9818 | |
| 9819 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, elt, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 9820 | |
| 9821 | switch (op) |
| 9822 | { |
| 9823 | /* Ada attributes ('Foo). */ |
| 9824 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 9825 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 9826 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 9827 | case OP_ATR_IMAGE: |
| 9828 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 9829 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 9830 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 9831 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 9832 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 9833 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 9834 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 9835 | break; |
| 9836 | |
| 9837 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 9838 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 9839 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "Type @"); |
| 9840 | gdb_print_host_address (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, stream); |
| 9841 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " ("); |
| 9842 | type_print (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, NULL, stream, 0); |
| 9843 | fprintf_filtered (stream, ")"); |
| 9844 | break; |
| 9845 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 9846 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " (%d)", (int) exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst); |
| 9847 | break; |
| 9848 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 9849 | break; |
| 9850 | |
| 9851 | default: |
| 9852 | return dump_subexp_body_standard (exp, stream, elt); |
| 9853 | } |
| 9854 | |
| 9855 | elt += oplen; |
| 9856 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 9857 | elt = dump_subexp (exp, stream, elt); |
| 9858 | |
| 9859 | return elt; |
| 9860 | } |
| 9861 | |
| 9862 | /* The Ada extension of print_subexp (q.v.). */ |
| 9863 | |
| 9864 | static void |
| 9865 | ada_print_subexp (struct expression *exp, int *pos, |
| 9866 | struct ui_file *stream, enum precedence prec) |
| 9867 | { |
| 9868 | int oplen, nargs; |
| 9869 | int pc = *pos; |
| 9870 | enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 9871 | |
| 9872 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 9873 | |
| 9874 | switch (op) |
| 9875 | { |
| 9876 | default: |
| 9877 | print_subexp_standard (exp, pos, stream, prec); |
| 9878 | return; |
| 9879 | |
| 9880 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 9881 | *pos += oplen; |
| 9882 | fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol), stream); |
| 9883 | return; |
| 9884 | |
| 9885 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 9886 | *pos += oplen; |
| 9887 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 9888 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 9889 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 9890 | fputs_filtered ("'range", stream); |
| 9891 | if (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst > 1) |
| 9892 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "(%ld)", (long) exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 9893 | return; |
| 9894 | |
| 9895 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 9896 | *pos += oplen; |
| 9897 | if (prec >= PREC_EQUAL) |
| 9898 | fputs_filtered ("(", stream); |
| 9899 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 9900 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 9901 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_EQUAL); |
| 9902 | fputs_filtered (" .. ", stream); |
| 9903 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_EQUAL); |
| 9904 | if (prec >= PREC_EQUAL) |
| 9905 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 9906 | return; |
| 9907 | |
| 9908 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 9909 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 9910 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 9911 | case OP_ATR_IMAGE: |
| 9912 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 9913 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 9914 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 9915 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 9916 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 9917 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 9918 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 9919 | *pos += oplen; |
| 9920 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) |
| 9921 | { |
| 9922 | if (TYPE_CODE (exp->elts[*pos + 1].type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 9923 | LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp->elts[*pos + 1].type, "", stream, 0, 0); |
| 9924 | *pos += 3; |
| 9925 | } |
| 9926 | else |
| 9927 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 9928 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "'%s", ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 9929 | if (nargs > 1) |
| 9930 | { |
| 9931 | int tem; |
| 9932 | for (tem = 1; tem < nargs; tem += 1) |
| 9933 | { |
| 9934 | fputs_filtered ( (tem == 1) ? " (" : ", ", stream); |
| 9935 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_ABOVE_COMMA); |
| 9936 | } |
| 9937 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 9938 | } |
| 9939 | return; |
| 9940 | |
| 9941 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 9942 | *pos += oplen; |
| 9943 | type_print (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, "", stream, 0); |
| 9944 | fputs_filtered ("'(", stream); |
| 9945 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_PREFIX); |
| 9946 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 9947 | return; |
| 9948 | |
| 9949 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 9950 | *pos += oplen; |
| 9951 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 9952 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 9953 | LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, "", stream, 1, 0); |
| 9954 | return; |
| 9955 | } |
| 9956 | } |
| 9957 | |
| 9958 | /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators |
| 9959 | and precedences of the operators. */ |
| 9960 | |
| 9961 | static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = { |
| 9962 | {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1}, |
| 9963 | {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0}, |
| 9964 | {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0}, |
| 9965 | {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0}, |
| 9966 | {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0}, |
| 9967 | {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0}, |
| 9968 | {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, |
| 9969 | {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, |
| 9970 | {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 9971 | {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 9972 | {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 9973 | {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 9974 | {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, |
| 9975 | {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, |
| 9976 | {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 9977 | {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 9978 | {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 9979 | {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 9980 | {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 9981 | {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 9982 | {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 9983 | {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, |
| 9984 | {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, |
| 9985 | {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 9986 | {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 9987 | {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 9988 | {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 9989 | {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 9990 | {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 9991 | {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 9992 | {"'size", OP_ATR_SIZE, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 9993 | {NULL, 0, 0, 0} |
| 9994 | }; |
| 9995 | \f |
| 9996 | /* Assorted Types and Interfaces */ |
| 9997 | |
| 9998 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_int; |
| 9999 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_short; |
| 10000 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_long; |
| 10001 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_long; |
| 10002 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_char; |
| 10003 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_float; |
| 10004 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_double; |
| 10005 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_double; |
| 10006 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_natural; |
| 10007 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_positive; |
| 10008 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_system_address; |
| 10009 | |
| 10010 | struct type **const (ada_builtin_types[]) = |
| 10011 | { |
| 10012 | &builtin_type_ada_int, |
| 10013 | &builtin_type_ada_long, |
| 10014 | &builtin_type_ada_short, |
| 10015 | &builtin_type_ada_char, |
| 10016 | &builtin_type_ada_float, |
| 10017 | &builtin_type_ada_double, |
| 10018 | &builtin_type_ada_long_long, |
| 10019 | &builtin_type_ada_long_double, |
| 10020 | &builtin_type_ada_natural, &builtin_type_ada_positive, |
| 10021 | /* The following types are carried over from C for convenience. */ |
| 10022 | &builtin_type_int, |
| 10023 | &builtin_type_long, |
| 10024 | &builtin_type_short, |
| 10025 | &builtin_type_char, |
| 10026 | &builtin_type_float, |
| 10027 | &builtin_type_double, |
| 10028 | &builtin_type_long_long, |
| 10029 | &builtin_type_void, |
| 10030 | &builtin_type_signed_char, |
| 10031 | &builtin_type_unsigned_char, |
| 10032 | &builtin_type_unsigned_short, |
| 10033 | &builtin_type_unsigned_int, |
| 10034 | &builtin_type_unsigned_long, |
| 10035 | &builtin_type_unsigned_long_long, |
| 10036 | &builtin_type_long_double, |
| 10037 | &builtin_type_complex, |
| 10038 | &builtin_type_double_complex, |
| 10039 | 0 |
| 10040 | }; |
| 10041 | |
| 10042 | /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */ |
| 10043 | |
| 10044 | static void |
| 10045 | emit_char (int c, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter) |
| 10046 | { |
| 10047 | ada_emit_char (c, stream, quoter, 1); |
| 10048 | } |
| 10049 | |
| 10050 | static int |
| 10051 | parse () |
| 10052 | { |
| 10053 | warnings_issued = 0; |
| 10054 | return ada_parse (); |
| 10055 | } |
| 10056 | |
| 10057 | static const struct exp_descriptor ada_exp_descriptor = |
| 10058 | { |
| 10059 | ada_print_subexp, |
| 10060 | ada_operator_length, |
| 10061 | ada_op_name, |
| 10062 | ada_dump_subexp_body, |
| 10063 | ada_evaluate_subexp |
| 10064 | }; |
| 10065 | |
| 10066 | const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = { |
| 10067 | "ada", /* Language name */ |
| 10068 | language_ada, |
| 10069 | ada_builtin_types, |
| 10070 | range_check_off, |
| 10071 | type_check_off, |
| 10072 | case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but |
| 10073 | that's not quite what this means. */ |
| 10074 | #ifdef GNAT_GDB |
| 10075 | ada_lookup_symbol, |
| 10076 | ada_lookup_minimal_symbol, |
| 10077 | #endif |
| 10078 | &ada_exp_descriptor, |
| 10079 | parse, |
| 10080 | ada_error, |
| 10081 | resolve, |
| 10082 | ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */ |
| 10083 | ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */ |
| 10084 | emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */ |
| 10085 | ada_create_fundamental_type, /* Create fundamental type in this language */ |
| 10086 | ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */ |
| 10087 | ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */ |
| 10088 | ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */ |
| 10089 | NULL, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */ |
| 10090 | NULL, /* value_of_this */ |
| 10091 | ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal, /* Looking up non-local symbols. */ |
| 10092 | basic_lookup_transparent_type,/* lookup_transparent_type */ |
| 10093 | ada_la_decode, /* Language specific symbol demangler */ |
| 10094 | {"", "", "", ""}, /* Binary format info */ |
| 10095 | #if 0 |
| 10096 | {"8#%lo#", "8#", "o", "#"}, /* Octal format info */ |
| 10097 | {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */ |
| 10098 | {"16#%lx#", "16#", "x", "#"}, /* Hex format info */ |
| 10099 | #else |
| 10100 | /* Copied from c-lang.c. */ |
| 10101 | {"0%lo", "0", "o", ""}, /* Octal format info */ |
| 10102 | {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */ |
| 10103 | {"0x%lx", "0x", "x", ""}, /* Hex format info */ |
| 10104 | #endif |
| 10105 | ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */ |
| 10106 | 0, /* c-style arrays */ |
| 10107 | 1, /* String lower bound */ |
| 10108 | &builtin_type_ada_char, |
| 10109 | ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters, |
| 10110 | #ifdef GNAT_GDB |
| 10111 | ada_translate_error_message, /* Substitute Ada-specific terminology |
| 10112 | in errors and warnings. */ |
| 10113 | #endif |
| 10114 | LANG_MAGIC |
| 10115 | }; |
| 10116 | |
| 10117 | static void |
| 10118 | build_ada_types (void) { |
| 10119 | builtin_type_ada_int = |
| 10120 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10121 | 0, "integer", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10122 | builtin_type_ada_long = |
| 10123 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10124 | 0, "long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10125 | builtin_type_ada_short = |
| 10126 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10127 | 0, "short_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10128 | builtin_type_ada_char = |
| 10129 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10130 | 0, "character", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10131 | builtin_type_ada_float = |
| 10132 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10133 | 0, "float", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10134 | builtin_type_ada_double = |
| 10135 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10136 | 0, "long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10137 | builtin_type_ada_long_long = |
| 10138 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10139 | 0, "long_long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10140 | builtin_type_ada_long_double = |
| 10141 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10142 | 0, "long_long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10143 | builtin_type_ada_natural = |
| 10144 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10145 | 0, "natural", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10146 | builtin_type_ada_positive = |
| 10147 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10148 | 0, "positive", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 10149 | |
| 10150 | |
| 10151 | builtin_type_ada_system_address = |
| 10152 | lookup_pointer_type (init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, 0, "void", |
| 10153 | (struct objfile *) NULL)); |
| 10154 | TYPE_NAME (builtin_type_ada_system_address) = "system__address"; |
| 10155 | } |
| 10156 | |
| 10157 | void |
| 10158 | _initialize_ada_language (void) |
| 10159 | { |
| 10160 | |
| 10161 | build_ada_types (); |
| 10162 | deprecated_register_gdbarch_swap (NULL, 0, build_ada_types); |
| 10163 | add_language (&ada_language_defn); |
| 10164 | |
| 10165 | #ifdef GNAT_GDB |
| 10166 | add_show_from_set |
| 10167 | (add_set_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support, var_uinteger, |
| 10168 | (char *) &varsize_limit, |
| 10169 | "Set maximum bytes in dynamic-sized object.", |
| 10170 | &setlist), &showlist); |
| 10171 | #endif |
| 10172 | varsize_limit = 65536; |
| 10173 | |
| 10174 | obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack); |
| 10175 | obstack_init (&cache_space); |
| 10176 | |
| 10177 | decoded_names_store = htab_create_alloc_ex |
| 10178 | (256, htab_hash_string, (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq, |
| 10179 | NULL, NULL, xmcalloc, xmfree); |
| 10180 | } |
| 10181 | |
| 10182 | /* Create a fundamental Ada type using default reasonable for the current |
| 10183 | target machine. |
| 10184 | |
| 10185 | Some object/debugging file formats (DWARF version 1, COFF, etc) do not |
| 10186 | define fundamental types such as "int" or "double". Others (stabs or |
| 10187 | DWARF version 2, etc) do define fundamental types. For the formats which |
| 10188 | don't provide fundamental types, gdb can create such types using this |
| 10189 | function. |
| 10190 | |
| 10191 | FIXME: Some compilers distinguish explicitly signed integral types |
| 10192 | (signed short, signed int, signed long) from "regular" integral types |
| 10193 | (short, int, long) in the debugging information. There is some dis- |
| 10194 | agreement as to how useful this feature is. In particular, gcc does |
| 10195 | not support this. Also, only some debugging formats allow the |
| 10196 | distinction to be passed on to a debugger. For now, we always just |
| 10197 | use "short", "int", or "long" as the type name, for both the implicit |
| 10198 | and explicitly signed types. This also makes life easier for the |
| 10199 | gdb test suite since we don't have to account for the differences |
| 10200 | in output depending upon what the compiler and debugging format |
| 10201 | support. We will probably have to re-examine the issue when gdb |
| 10202 | starts taking it's fundamental type information directly from the |
| 10203 | debugging information supplied by the compiler. fnf@cygnus.com */ |
| 10204 | |
| 10205 | static struct type * |
| 10206 | ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *objfile, int typeid) |
| 10207 | { |
| 10208 | struct type *type = NULL; |
| 10209 | |
| 10210 | switch (typeid) |
| 10211 | { |
| 10212 | default: |
| 10213 | /* FIXME: For now, if we are asked to produce a type not in this |
| 10214 | language, create the equivalent of a C integer type with the |
| 10215 | name "<?type?>". When all the dust settles from the type |
| 10216 | reconstruction work, this should probably become an error. */ |
| 10217 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10218 | TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10219 | 0, "<?type?>", objfile); |
| 10220 | warning ("internal error: no Ada fundamental type %d", typeid); |
| 10221 | break; |
| 10222 | case FT_VOID: |
| 10223 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, |
| 10224 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10225 | 0, "void", objfile); |
| 10226 | break; |
| 10227 | case FT_CHAR: |
| 10228 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10229 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10230 | 0, "character", objfile); |
| 10231 | break; |
| 10232 | case FT_SIGNED_CHAR: |
| 10233 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10234 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10235 | 0, "signed char", objfile); |
| 10236 | break; |
| 10237 | case FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR: |
| 10238 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10239 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10240 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char", objfile); |
| 10241 | break; |
| 10242 | case FT_SHORT: |
| 10243 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10244 | TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10245 | 0, "short_integer", objfile); |
| 10246 | break; |
| 10247 | case FT_SIGNED_SHORT: |
| 10248 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10249 | TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10250 | 0, "short_integer", objfile); |
| 10251 | break; |
| 10252 | case FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT: |
| 10253 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10254 | TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10255 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned short", objfile); |
| 10256 | break; |
| 10257 | case FT_INTEGER: |
| 10258 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10259 | TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10260 | 0, "integer", objfile); |
| 10261 | break; |
| 10262 | case FT_SIGNED_INTEGER: |
| 10263 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "integer", objfile); /* FIXME -fnf */ |
| 10264 | break; |
| 10265 | case FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER: |
| 10266 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10267 | TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10268 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned int", objfile); |
| 10269 | break; |
| 10270 | case FT_LONG: |
| 10271 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10272 | TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10273 | 0, "long_integer", objfile); |
| 10274 | break; |
| 10275 | case FT_SIGNED_LONG: |
| 10276 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10277 | TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10278 | 0, "long_integer", objfile); |
| 10279 | break; |
| 10280 | case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG: |
| 10281 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10282 | TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10283 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long", objfile); |
| 10284 | break; |
| 10285 | case FT_LONG_LONG: |
| 10286 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10287 | TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10288 | 0, "long_long_integer", objfile); |
| 10289 | break; |
| 10290 | case FT_SIGNED_LONG_LONG: |
| 10291 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10292 | TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10293 | 0, "long_long_integer", objfile); |
| 10294 | break; |
| 10295 | case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG: |
| 10296 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 10297 | TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10298 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long long", objfile); |
| 10299 | break; |
| 10300 | case FT_FLOAT: |
| 10301 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, |
| 10302 | TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10303 | 0, "float", objfile); |
| 10304 | break; |
| 10305 | case FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT: |
| 10306 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, |
| 10307 | TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10308 | 0, "long_float", objfile); |
| 10309 | break; |
| 10310 | case FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT: |
| 10311 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, |
| 10312 | TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 10313 | 0, "long_long_float", objfile); |
| 10314 | break; |
| 10315 | } |
| 10316 | return (type); |
| 10317 | } |
| 10318 | |
| 10319 | void |
| 10320 | ada_dump_symtab (struct symtab *s) |
| 10321 | { |
| 10322 | int i; |
| 10323 | fprintf (stderr, "New symtab: [\n"); |
| 10324 | fprintf (stderr, " Name: %s/%s;\n", |
| 10325 | s->dirname ? s->dirname : "?", s->filename ? s->filename : "?"); |
| 10326 | fprintf (stderr, " Format: %s;\n", s->debugformat); |
| 10327 | if (s->linetable != NULL) |
| 10328 | { |
| 10329 | fprintf (stderr, " Line table (section %d):\n", s->block_line_section); |
| 10330 | for (i = 0; i < s->linetable->nitems; i += 1) |
| 10331 | { |
| 10332 | struct linetable_entry *e = s->linetable->item + i; |
| 10333 | fprintf (stderr, " %4ld: %8lx\n", (long) e->line, (long) e->pc); |
| 10334 | } |
| 10335 | } |
| 10336 | fprintf (stderr, "]\n"); |
| 10337 | } |